-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, NBexVDOYtjhkhuvfQFEyY0AoD1oZi3pvij03ssyNA7CXBaoPe2xDHTHcLZhmSLP4 SyN7bT21JpM+D6TgjBwFrw== 0001156973-02-001022.txt : 20030213 0001156973-02-001022.hdr.sgml : 20021217 20021216203750 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001156973-02-001022 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: F-3 PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 22 FILED AS OF DATE: 20021217 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: ANGLOGOLD INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS SA CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001210624 IRS NUMBER: 000000000 FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: F-3 SEC ACT: 1933 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 333-101891-01 FILM NUMBER: 02859365 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 48 RUE DE BRAGARCE STREET 2: LUXEMBOURG L-1255 CITY: LUXEMBOURG STATE: N4 ZIP: 00000 BUSINESS PHONE: 3524041101 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: ANGLOGOLD LTD CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001067428 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: GOLD & SILVER ORES [1040] IRS NUMBER: 000000000 FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: F-3 SEC ACT: 1933 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 333-101891 FILM NUMBER: 02859364 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 11 DIAGONAL ST STREET 2: PO BOX 62117 MARSHALLTOWN 2107 CITY: JOHANNESBURG 2001 STATE: T3 ZIP: 00000 BUSINESS PHONE: 27116376000 F-3 1 u45563fv3.htm FORM F-3 fv3
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 17, 2002

Registration Statement No. 333-           


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


FORM F-3
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

AngloGold Limited
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
     
The Republic of South Africa
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  Not Applicable
(I.R.S. Employer Identification
Number)

11 Diagonal Street
Johannesburg, 2001
(PO Box 62117, Marshalltown, 2107)
South Africa
Tel: +27 (11) 637-6000

(Address and Telephone Number of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

AngloGold North America Inc.
5251 DTC Parkway, Suite 700
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
Tel: +1 (303) 889-0700

(Name, Address and Telephone Number of Agent for Service)

AngloGold International Holdings S.A.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  Not Applicable
(I.R.S. Employer Identification
Number)

48 rue de Bragance
L-1255
Luxembourg
Tel: +352 404 1101

(Address and Telephone Number of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

AngloGold North America Inc.
5251 DTC Parkway, Suite 700
Greenwood Village, CO 80111
Tel: +1 (303) 889-0700

(Name, Address and Telephone Number of Agent for Service)

Copies to:
     
Pamela M. Gibson
Shearman & Sterling
9 Appold Street
London EC2A 2AP, England
Tel: + 44 (20) 7655-5000
  Ronald R. Levine, II
Davis Graham & Stubbs LLP
1550 17th Street, Suite 500
Denver, CO 80202
Tel: +1 (303) 892-9400

     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: From time to time after this registration statement becomes effective.

     If the only securities being registered on this form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following box.  OPEN BOX

     If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, please check the following box.  CHECK BOX

     If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  OPEN BOX

 


Table of Contents

     If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  OPEN BOX

     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.  OPEN BOX

(Calculation Table on Next Page)


     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

                                 

            Proposed Maximum   Proposed Maximum        
Title of Each Class of   Amount to be   Offering Price Per   Aggregate Offering   Amount of
Securities to be Registered   Registered (1)   Unit (2)   Price (2) (6)   Registration Fee

Ordinary shares (3), debt securities (4) and warrants (5)
  $ 600,000,000     100%       $ 600,000,000     $ 55,200  

Guarantees (7)
  (7)     None   None   None

Rights to purchase ordinary shares (8)
  (8)     None   None   None

(1)   In US dollars or their equivalent in foreign denominated currencies, foreign currency units or composite currencies.
 
(2)   Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o).
 
(3)   Subject to note (6) below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate number of ordinary shares of AngloGold Limited as may be issued from time to time at indeterminate prices, including ordinary shares of AngloGold Limited issuable upon exchange of guaranteed debt securities of AngloGold International Holdings S.A., upon conversion of debt securities of AngloGold Limited that are convertible into AngloGold ordinary shares, upon exercise of warrants of AngloGold Limited, or upon exercise of rights to purchase ordinary shares of AngloGold Limited. A separate registration statement on Form F-6 (Registration No. 333-14066) has been filed for the registration of American depositary shares evidenced by the American depositary receipts issuable upon the deposit of the ordinary shares registered hereby. Each American depositary share currently represents 0.5 ordinary shares. With effect from the close of business on December 24, 2002, each AngloGold ordinary share will split into two shares, resulting in each American depositary share representing one AngloGold ordinary share.
 
(4)   Subject to note (6) below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate principal amount of AngloGold Limited debt securities and, separately, guaranteed debt securities of AngloGold International Holdings S.A. and related guarantees thereof of AngloGold Limited, each as may be issued from time to time at indeterminate prices. These AngloGold Limited debt securities and AngloGold International Holdings S.A. guaranteed debt securities may be convertible or exchangeable, respectively, into AngloGold ordinary shares described in note (3).
 
(5)   Subject to note (6) below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate number of warrants of AngloGold Limited as may be issued from time to time at indeterminate prices entitling the holder to purchase the ordinary shares of AngloGold Limited as described in note (3).
 
(6)   In no event will the aggregate offering price of all securities issued from time to time under this registration statement exceed US$600,000,000 or the equivalent thereof in one or more foreign currencies, foreign currency units or composite currencies.
 
(7)   Please see note (4) for a description of these guarantees. No separate consideration will be received for the guarantees.
 
(8)   There is being registered hereunder an indeterminate number of rights as may be issued from time to time to purchase ordinary shares of AngloGold Limited as described in note (3). Rights to purchase ordinary shares in the form of American depositary shares will be represented by certificates issued by the American depositary share depositary upon receipt of the rights to purchase ordinary shares registered hereby. No separate consideration will be received for the rights.



 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer of sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion

Dated December 17, 2002

PROSPECTUS

ANGLOGOLD
ANGLOGOLD LIMITED
ANGLOGOLD INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS S.A.

By this prospectus, we offer up to $600,000,000 of:

Ordinary Shares, par value 50 South African cents, of
     AngloGold Limited in the form of Ordinary Shares or
     American Depositary Shares
Debt Securities of AngloGold Limited
Guaranteed Debt Securities of AngloGold International Holdings
     S.A.
Warrants to Purchase Ordinary Shares of AngloGold Limited
Rights to Purchase Ordinary Shares of AngloGold Limited


     We will provide the specific terms of the securities that we are offering, and the manner in which they are being offered, in one or more supplements to this prospectus. Any supplement may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus. You should read both this prospectus and any prospectus supplement, together with the additional information described under the heading “Where You Can Find More Information,” before investing in our securities. The total dollar amount of securities that may be sold under this prospectus will not exceed $600 million. The amount and price of the offered securities will be determined at the time of the offering.

     Our American depositary shares, or ADSs, each representing one-half of an ordinary share, are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AU”. Our ordinary shares are listed on the JSE Securities Exchange South Africa under the symbol “ANG”, the London Stock Exchange under the symbol “79LK”, the Paris Bourse under the symbol “VA FP”, the Australian Stock Exchange in the form of CHESS depositary interests, each representing one-tenth of an ordinary share, under the symbol “AGG”, and quoted in Brussels in the form of international depositary receipts under the symbol “ANG BB”.

     With effect from the close of business on December 24, 2002, our ordinary shares will be subdivided on a two for one basis. The effect of the subdivision will be that the par value of each ordinary share will be 25 South African cents, each ADS will represent one ordinary share, and five CHESS depositary interests will represent one ordinary share.

     Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this Prospectus is            , 2002

 


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
ENFORCEABILITY OF CERTAIN CIVIL LIABILITIES
ANGLOGOLD LIMITED
ANGLOGOLD INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS S.A.
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
REASONS FOR THE OFFERING AND USE OF PROCEEDS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
SOUTH AFRICAN RESERVE BANK APPROVAL
DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL
DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
DESCRIPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES
DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS
DESCRIPTION OF RIGHTS TO PURCHASE ORDINARY SHARES
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
SIGNATURES — ANGLOGOLD LIMITED
SIGNATURES — ANGLOGOLD INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS S.A.
Memo & Articles of Association AngloGold Limited
AngloGold Limited - Form of Indenture
AngloGold Int Holdings SA - Form of Indenture
Opinion of Shearman & Sterling
Opinion of Tabacks Attorneys
Consent of Independent Accountants
Consent of Independent Accountants
Form T-1 - AngloGold Limited
Form T-1 - AngloGold Int Holdings SA


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
    Page
   
Where You Can Find More Information
    1  
Forward-looking Statements
    2  
Enforceability of Civil Liabilities
    2  
AngloGold Limited
    2  
AngloGold International Holdings S.A.
    2  
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
    2  
Reasons for the Offering and Use of Proceeds
    3  
Prospectus Supplement
    3  
South African Reserve Bank Approval
    3  
Description of Share Capital
    3  
Description of American Depositary Shares
    9  
Description of Debt Securities
    15  
Description of Warrants
    29  
Description of Rights to Purchase Ordinary Shares
    30  
Plan of Distribution
    30  
Legal Matters
    31  
Experts
    31  
Information Not Required in Prospectus
    32  
Signatures — AngloGold Limited
    35  
Signatures — AngloGold International Holdings S.A.
    37  

i


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     We file annual and other reports with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. You may read and copy any document we file at the SEC’s public reference room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. You may also read and copy these documents at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange, 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005. You may also consult reports and other information about us that we file pursuant to the rules of the JSE Securities Exchange South Africa, the London Stock Exchange, the Paris Bourse and the Australian Stock Exchange.

     The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we file with it, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents that are considered part of this prospectus. Information that we file with the SEC in the future and incorporate by reference will automatically update and supersede the previously filed information. We incorporate by reference the documents listed below:

    Annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2001;
 
    Form 6-K filed on December 17, 2002 containing audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2001 and 2000 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2001, including note 28 supplemental condensed consolidating financial information, prepared in accordance with US GAAP;
 
    Form 6-K filed on December 17, 2002 containing unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2002 and December 31, 2001 and for each of the nine month periods ended September 30, 2002 and 2001, prepared in accordance with US GAAP, and related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;
 
    Form 6-K filed on December 17, 2002 containing pro forma financial information for the year ended December 31, 2001 related to the sale of the Free State assets;
 
    Item 14 of the registration statement on Form 20-F (SEC file number: 0-29874) dated July 31, 1998 containing the description of our ordinary shares and ADSs; and
 
    Clauses 10.1, 10.2 and 10.4 of the prospectus that forms part of the registration statement on Form F-3/F-4/A (SEC file number: 333-14146) filed December 4, 2001 containing the description of our ordinary shares and ADSs.

     We incorporate by reference all subsequent annual reports filed with the SEC on Form 20-F under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and those of our reports submitted to the SEC on Form 6-K that we specifically identify in such form as being incorporated by reference (1) after the date of this registration statement and before its effectiveness and (2) until our offering of securities has been completed. This prospectus is part of a registration statement filed with the SEC.

     As you read the above documents, you may find inconsistencies in information from one document to another. If you find inconsistencies you should rely on the statements made in the most recent document. All information appearing in this prospectus is qualified in its entirety by the information and financial statements, including the notes thereto, contained in the documents we have incorporated by reference.

     You may obtain a copy of these filings at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following address:

AngloGold Americas Incorporated
509 Madison Avenue
Suite 1914
New York, New York 10022
Telephone: (800) 417 9255 or +1 212 750 7999
Fax: +1 212 750 5626
E-mail: ccarter@anglogold.com

1


Table of Contents

     You should rely only on the information incorporated by reference or provided in this prospectus and in any prospectus supplement. We have not authorized anyone else to provide you with different information. This prospectus is an offer to sell or to buy only the securities referred to herein, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of those documents.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections of future events. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about our business. You should consider any forward-looking statements in light of the risks and uncertainties described under the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. See “Where You Can Find More Information”. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events described in this prospectus may not occur.

ENFORCEABILITY OF CERTAIN CIVIL LIABILITIES

     We, meaning AngloGold Limited, or just AngloGold, are a public company incorporated under the laws of South Africa. All except one of our directors and officers, and the experts named herein, reside outside the United States, principally in South Africa. You may not be able, therefore, to effect service of process within the United States upon those directors and officers with respect to matters arising under the federal securities laws of the United States.

     In addition, substantially all of our assets and the assets of our directors and officers are located outside the United States. As a result, you may not be able to enforce against us or our directors and officers judgments obtained in US courts predicated on the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States.

     We have been advised by Mervyn Taback Inc, South African counsel to AngloGold Limited, that there is doubt as to the enforceability in South Africa, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of US courts, of liabilities predicated on the US federal securities laws.

ANGLOGOLD LIMITED

     AngloGold is one of the world’s largest gold producers by volume of gold produced, with extensive reserves and production of some 6.0 million ounces of gold annually. With our corporate headquarters in Johannesburg, we draw our production from four continents. Our operations comprise open-pit and underground mines and surface reclamation plants in Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Mali, Namibia, South Africa, Tanzania and the United States, and exploration activities in these countries (except Namibia) as well as in Canada and Peru. We are also involved in sustaining and growing the market for our product. We were incorporated in South Africa in 1944 as Vaal Reefs Exploration and Mining Company Limited. We have been operating as AngloGold Limited since March 30, 1998.

ANGLOGOLD INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS S.A.

     AngloGold International Holdings S.A., a company organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, is our wholly owned subsidiary. Its principal executive offices are located at 48 rue de Bragance, L-1255, Luxembourg. We intend to transfer all of our operations and assets located in North and South America, East and West Africa and Australia to AngloGold International Holdings S.A.

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

     Our ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the periods indicated below were as follows:

2


Table of Contents

                                         
                                     
    Year Ended December 31,

  Nine Months Ended
September 30,


    1998   1999   2000(1)   2001   2002
   
 
 
 
   
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
    6:1       3:1     $ (170)m:       1:1       9:1  
 
                  $ 79 m                  


(1)   The US dollar amount is disclosed for fiscal year 2000 as the ratio was less than 1:1.

REASONS FOR THE OFFERING AND USE OF PROCEEDS

     Except as may be described otherwise in a prospectus supplement, we will add the net proceeds from the sale of the securities under this prospectus to our general funds and will use them for funding any potential future acquisitions, working capital and general corporate purposes. In addition, we may apply the proceeds to the reduction of our short-term and other indebtedness as may be described in a prospectus supplement.

     AngloGold International Holdings S.A. will lend the net proceeds from the sale of any guaranteed debt securities offered by it to us or our other subsidiaries to be used for these purposes.

     We may designate a specific allocation of the net proceeds of an offering of securities to a specific purpose, if any, at the time of the offering and will describe any allocation in the related prospectus supplement.

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

     This prospectus provides you with a general description of the securities we may offer. Unless the context otherwise requires, we will refer to the ordinary shares, American depositary shares, debt securities, warrants and rights as the “offered securities”. Each time we sell securities, we will provide a prospectus supplement that will contain specific information about the terms of that offering. The prospectus supplement may also add to, update or change information contained in this prospectus. Accordingly, to the extent inconsistent, information in this prospectus is superseded by the information in the prospectus supplement. You should read both this prospectus and any prospectus supplement together with the additional information described under the heading “Where You Can Find More Information”.

     The prospectus supplement to be attached to the front of this prospectus will describe the terms of the offering, including the amount and more detailed terms of offered securities, the initial public offering price, the price paid to us for the offered securities, net proceeds to us, the expenses of the offering, the terms of offers and sales outside of the United States, if any, the nature of the plan of distribution, the terms of any rights offering, including the subscription price for ordinary shares, record date, ex-rights date and exercise period, the other specific terms related to the offering, and any US federal income tax consequences and South African tax considerations applicable to the offered securities.

     For more detail on the terms of the offered securities, you should read the exhibits filed with our registration statement, as well as the registration statement on Form F-6 (Registration No. 333-14066) relating to the ADSs.

SOUTH AFRICAN RESERVE BANK APPROVAL

     The issuance of any securities under this prospectus will be subject to the approval of the South African Reserve Bank. We do not expect any material difficulty in obtaining the necessary approvals.

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

     AngloGold’s authorized share capital consists of three classes of shares: ordinary shares of par value in South African rands, or R, of 0.50 each, A redeemable preference shares of par value R0.50 each, and B redeemable preference shares of par value R0.01 each. The ordinary shares and the A redeemable preference shares have voting rights, while the B redeemable preference shares have voting rights only under certain circumstances and, in respect of each of these classes of shares, there is no provision in the articles of association for cumulative voting. There is no limitation imposed by the articles of association

3


Table of Contents

or by South African law on the rights of any persons, including non-residents, to own ordinary shares in AngloGold or to exercise voting rights in respect of AngloGold ordinary shares. The authorized and issued share capital of AngloGold at September 30, 2002 is set out below:

                 
Title of Class   Authorized   Issued

 
 
Ordinary shares
    200,000,000       111,139,213  
A redeemable preference shares
    2,000,000       2,000,000  
B redeemable preference shares
    5,000,000       778,896  

     With effect from the close of business on December 24, 2002, the ordinary shares will be subdivided on a two for one basis. As a result of this subdivision the number of authorized and issued ordinary shares will double and the par value of each ordinary share will be R0.25. In addition, upon the subdivision, the ratio of AngloGold ADSs to AngloGold ordinary shares will change from two AngloGold ADSs for one AngloGold ordinary share to one AngloGold ADS for one AngloGold ordinary share. The ratio of AngloGold CHESS depositary interests to AngloGold ordinary shares will change from ten AngloGold CHESS depositary interests for one AngloGold ordinary share to five AngloGold CHESS depositary interests for one AngloGold ordinary share. Finally, the ratio of AngloGold ADSs to AngloGold CHESS depositary interests will remain unchanged at five AngloGold CHESS depositary interests for one AngloGold ADS.

     On September 30, 2002, 41,276,788 AngloGold ADSs were outstanding (equivalent to 20,638,394 AngloGold ordinary shares), representing approximately 18% of the total number of outstanding AngloGold ordinary shares.

     All of the issued ordinary shares, A redeemable preference shares and B redeemable preference shares are fully paid and are not subject to further calls or assessment by us.

     All of the A redeemable preference shares and B redeemable preference shares are held by Eastvaal Gold Holdings Limited, our wholly-owned subsidiary. Our articles of association provide that the A redeemable preference shares and B redeemable preference shares are not transferable.

     We are incorporated under the laws of South Africa and your rights as holders of our ordinary shares will be governed by the South African Companies Act 61 of 1973 as amended, the South African Securities Regulation Code and the JSE listings requirements, as well as our articles of association. In addition, if you are a holder of AngloGold ADSs your rights will also be governed by the deposit agreement which governs the AngloGold ADS program.

     Your rights as holder of our ordinary shares are summarized below. For a discussion of your rights as a holder of AngloGold ADSs, see “Description of American Depositary Shares” on page 9.

     The following summary does not contain all the information that may be important to you and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the laws of South Africa and our governing corporate documents.

Voting

     Each of our ordinary shares confers the right to vote at all general meetings. On a show of hands, each member present in person or, in the case of a corporate entity, represented, has one vote. If a poll is held, members present or any duly appointed proxy will have one vote for each ordinary share held. There are no limitations on the right of non-South African shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights attaching to any of our ordinary shares.

     The A redeemable preference shares have voting rights that are very similar to those of ordinary shares. The B redeemable preference shares have very limited voting rights, which arise in the event a dividend on this type of share has not been paid and remains unpaid for six months, or in connection with issues directly affecting these preference shares or our company as a whole, such as disposal of substantially all of our assets, winding up our company or reducing our share capital.

4


Table of Contents

Dividends, Rights and Distributions

     The ordinary shares will participate fully in all dividends, other distributions and entitlements as and when declared by us in respect of fully paid ordinary shares. Dividends are payable to shareholders registered at a record date that is after the date of declaration.

     We may declare dividends and distributions on ordinary shares in any currency that the board of directors or shareholders at a general meeting approve. Dividends are currently paid in South African rands. Dividends paid to registered holders of AngloGold ADSs are currently paid in US dollars converted from South African rands by The Bank of New York, as depositary, in accordance with the deposit agreement.

     The holder of our B preference shares is entitled to an annual dividend amounting to the lesser of five percent of the issue price of the B preference shares, or the after-tax profits from income from mining the Moab Lease Area (which is part of our Vaal River operations in South Africa) as determined by our directors in each financial year. This annual dividend is a first charge on any profit available for distribution from the Moab Lease Area but is not payable from any of our other profits.

     The holder of our A preference shares is not entitled to dividends until after we have paid the annual dividend on the B preference shares in full. Then, it is entitled to an annual dividend equivalent to the balance of the after-tax profits from income from mining the Moab Lease Area as determined by our directors in each financial year.

Directors’ Qualification and Number of Directors

     The JSE listing requirements require a listed company to have at least four directors. As of the date of this prospectus, we have 15 directors. The South African Companies Act 61 of 1973 as amended allows a company to vary the number of its directors in general meetings, provided that the number does not fall below the minimum prescribed by the company’s articles of association. The minimum number of directors prescribed by our articles of association is four and there is no maximum limit in the number of directors. Our articles of association do not require directors to hold any of our shares to qualify them for appointment as directors.

Appointment of Directors

     Our directors may be nominated and appointed at a general meeting of our members. Once appointed, a director must consent in writing to serve. The JSE listings requirements provide that we must provide sufficient time after notice of an annual general meeting for nominations of new directors to reach our office.

Removal of Directors and Filling of Vacancies

     The South African Companies Act 61 of 1973 as amended and our articles of association provide that directors may be removed by a vote of the majority of members at a meeting of which special notice has been given. In addition, our articles of association allow a director to be removed by a board resolution signed by at least three-quarter of the directors.

     The South African Companies Act 61 of 1973 as amended permits a company’s articles of association to provide for the filling of casual vacancies, meaning vacancies as a result of a director’s disqualification, removal or resignation from office during his term. Our articles of association provide that the directors may appoint any person as a director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the board, provided that the maximum permitted number of directors is not exceeded. Directors so appointed retain office only until the next annual general meeting when they are obliged to retire but are eligible for re-election.

Rotation of Directors

     Our articles of association specify that one-third of the directors or, if their number is not a multiple of three, then the number nearest to, but not less than, one-third, must retire from office at each annual general meeting. Any director who has served as a director for three years since his last election

5


Table of Contents

must retire at the next annual general meeting even if, as a result, more than one-third of the directors retire. Retiring directors are eligible for re-election.

Corporate Governance

     Our board of directors believes that our business should be conducted according to the highest legal and ethical standards. We are committed to a system of sound corporate governance in compliance with the “King Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa 2002”, which is a compilation of ethical rules and corporate governance standards widely accepted in South Africa.

     Some of the salient features of the King Report are:

    a unitary board of directors structure is preferable to a management supervisory board structure;
 
    the board should preferably consist of a majority of non-executive directors;
 
    the board must retain full and effective control over the company, monitor the executive management and ensure that all decisions of material matters are in the hands of the board;
 
    preferably the chairman should be a non-executive director of the company, and should be a different person from the chief executive;
 
    the non-executive directors should bring an independent judgment to bear on issues of strategy, performance, resources (including key appointments) and standards of conduct;
 
    board meetings must be held regularly, having regard to the company’s own circumstances, but they should be held at least once a quarter;
 
    there should also be a code of ethics which the company should commit to with the highest standards of behavior and there should be a sufficiently detailed and clear guide on ethics so that all employees should be aware of the expected behavior.

Notice of Members’ Meetings

     Our annual general meeting and a meeting of our members for the purpose of passing a special resolution may be called by giving at least 21 clear days’ notice in writing of the meeting (clear days means calendar days excluding the date the notice is given and the date of the meeting). For any other meeting of our members, 14 clear days’ notice must be given.

Quorum at Members’ Meetings

     Our articles of association provide that a quorum for a general members’ meeting (other than a meeting at which a special resolution will be passed) consists of three members present personally, or if the member is a corporate entity, represented and entitled to vote. One of the three members present or represented has to be our holding company, which is currently a subsidiary of Anglo American plc. If a general meeting is not quorate, the meeting is dissolved and a new meeting will have to be called following the relevant notice provisions.

     The quorum at a members’ meeting convened for the purpose of passing a special resolution consists of members holding at least 25% of the total member votes and present in person or by proxy. If the meeting is not quorate, it will be adjourned to a date between seven and 21 days after the adjourned meeting, and the members present at the second meeting shall constitute a quorum as long as there are at least three of them at the second meeting. A special resolution must be passed by a vote of 75% of the members present personally or by proxy and entitled to vote or by a vote of 75% of the total votes to which these members are entitled.

Business of Members’ Meetings

     The matters to be dealt with at an annual general meeting are prescribed by the South African Companies Act 61 of 1973 as amended or stated in our articles of association. These matters are:

    considering the annual financial statements and report of the independent auditors,
 
    the election of directors,
 
    the appointment of independent auditors,

6


Table of Contents

    any business arising from the annual financial statements which are laid before the meeting, and
 
    any matters capable of being dealt with at any general meeting.

     Our articles of association provide that all business to be laid before any general meeting (other than the business required to be laid before an annual general meeting discussed in the previous paragraph) shall be specified in the notice convening the meeting and no other business shall be transacted.

Matters Requiring Special Resolutions

     The South African Companies Act 61 of 1973 as amended requires the following matters to be resolved by a company by special resolution:

    the change of name of a company,
 
    any amendment to the existing authorized and issued share capital of a company,
 
    the conversion of a company from one type or form to another,
 
    a decision to wind up the company, and
 
    any amendment to a company’s memorandum and articles of association.

     Under the South African Companies Act 61 of 1973 as amended, a special resolution may be passed by a company if at least 21 clear days’ written notice of a general meeting is given, which notice specifies the intention to propose a special resolution and members holding at least 25% of the total member votes entitled to vote are present in person or by proxy. If the meeting is not quorate, it will be adjourned to a date between seven and 21 days after the adjourned meeting, and the members present at the second meeting shall constitute a quorum. A special resolution must be passed by a vote of 75% of the members present personally or by proxy and entitled to vote or by a vote of 75% of the total votes to which these members are entitled.

Shareholder Proposals

     The South African Companies Act 61 of 1973 as amended provides that members holding at least five percent of the votes, or at least 100 members entitled to vote, may requisition the directors to convene a general meeting. The requisition must state the objects of the meeting. The directors must then give notice to members convening a general meeting for a date not less than 21 and not more than 35 days from the date of this notice. If the directors do not issue such a notice within 14 days of receipt of the requisition, the members who requisitioned the general meeting, or any of them numbering more than 50, or representing more than half of the total voting rights of all of the members who requisitioned the general meeting, may themselves on 21 days’ notice convene a meeting stating the objects of the meeting. The members of the company may recover their reasonable expenses arising from the directors’ failure to convene a general meeting.

Right to Inspect Corporate Books and Records

     Under the South African Companies Act 61 of 1973 as amended, every member of a company, at the member’s request and on payment of the prescribed fee, may request a copy of the company’s memorandum and articles of association, including any alteration to them.

     A copy of the certificate of incorporation and the memorandum and articles of association are to be kept at the registered office of the company and members are entitled to make copies. In addition, these documents are public documents and any member of the public, upon payment of the prescribed fee, can obtain them from the office of the Registrar of Companies.

     Under the South African Companies Act 61 of 1973 as amended, each member is entitled to receive a copy of the company’s last annual financial statements, the provisional annual financial statements and the last interim report within seven days of a request being made.

     Under our articles of association, the accounting records must be kept at the registered office or another place the directors think fit. The directors may determine whether and to what extent the

7


Table of Contents

accounting records will be open to inspection by members, subject to shareholder rights under the South African Companies Act.

Right to Inspect the Register of Members

     Under the South African Companies Act 61 of 1973 as amended, we must keep the register of our members open for inspection during business hours for the benefit of any member or his authorized agent free of charge, and for the benefit of any other member of the public upon payment of a prescribed fee. Any person may apply to us for a copy of an extract from the register of members, which we must furnish upon payment of the prescribed fee.

     This also applies in respect of any register of transfers we keep, as well as the register of our directors, officers, company secretaries and auditors. We must keep these registers at our registered office, and we must inform the Registrar of Companies if we move them.

Derivative Action and Shareholder Class Action Suits

     Under the common law of South Africa, a company is the proper plaintiff to bring an action in respect of a wrong done to it. However, members of a company have a choice between a common law action or a statutory derivative action to sue on the company’s behalf to assert the company’s rights and to seek relief for the company. The common law derivative action may be instituted by a member of the company. It is generally accepted that this type of action may be instituted if an unratifiable wrong has been done to the company and the company cannot or will not institute action against the wrongdoers because the wrongdoers control the company.

     Under the South African Companies Act 61 of 1973 as amended, a member of a company may institute a statutory derivative action if the company has suffered damages or loss or has been deprived of any benefit as a result of a wrong, a breach of trust or a breach of faith that has been committed by any director or officer of the company, and if the company has refused to redress the wrong. This type of action can only be instituted in respect of damage or loss suffered by the company and not the members of the company. Furthermore, the action is only available if the company has not itself instituted action. These types of proceedings can be instituted even if the company has ratified or condoned the cause of action or any conduct or omission relating thereto.

Oppression Remedy

     Under the South African Companies Act 61 of 1973 as amended, any member has a remedy in cases of oppressive or unfairly prejudicial conduct. Any member complaining of a particular act or omission of the company which is believed to be unfairly prejudicial, unjust or inequitable may apply to a court for an order. The court may, with a view to resolving the matters complained of, make such orders as it deems fit, whether for regulating the future conduct of the company’s affairs or for the purchase of the shares of any shareholders of the company by other shareholders or by the company, or for the alteration of the company’s memorandum or articles of association.

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

     Section 247 of the South African Companies Act 61 of 1973 as amended provides that a company may indemnify a director, officer or auditor in respect of any liability incurred by that person in defending any proceedings against them (in their capacity as director, officer or auditor of the company), whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in their favor or in which they are acquitted, or in the circumstance where the proceedings are abandoned. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such a person in the action, suit or proceedings.

     Section 248 of the South African Companies Act 61 of 1973 as amended allows the court to grant relief to any director, officer or auditor of a company if it appears to the court that the person concerned is or may be liable for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, but has acted honestly and reasonably, and that, in light of all the circumstances, including those connected with the person’s appointment, that person ought fairly to be excused for the negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of

8


Table of Contents

trust. In this situation, the court may relieve the person, either wholly or partly, from his or her liability on such terms as the court may deem fit.

     Our articles of association provide that, subject to the provisions of the South African Companies Act 61 of 1973 as amended, we will indemnify our directors, managers, secretaries, and other officers or servants against all costs, losses and expenses they may incur or become liable to pay by reason of any contract entered into, or any act or omission done or omitted to be done by them in the discharge of their duties.

Directors’ Liability

     Under South African common law, directors are required to comply with certain fiduciary obligations to the company and to exercise proper care and skill in discharging their responsibilities. In this regard, a director owes to the company a duty to exercise his powers in what he honestly believes is in the best interests of the company. These fiduciary duties include: the duty to act in good faith, to exercise their powers for a proper purpose, not to fetter their discretion, to avoid conflicts of interest, not to use corporate property, information or opportunities for personal profit, to exercise care and skill, and to disclose or account for secret profits.

     In addition to these common law duties, directors of South African companies are required to comply with a number of statutory duties imposed by the South African Companies Act 61 of 1973 as amended.

DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

     The Bank of New York issues the AngloGold ADSs. Currently, two AngloGold ADSs represent the ownership interest in one AngloGold ordinary share. With effect from the close of business on December 24, 2002, the AngloGold ordinary shares will be subdivided on a two for one basis. The effect of this subdivision will be that one AngloGold ADS will represent the ownership of one AngloGold ordinary share.

     AngloGold ordinary shares (or the right to receive AngloGold ordinary shares) are deposited with The Bank of New York’s custodians in South Africa: The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited, Société Generale South Africa Limited, ABSA Bank Limited, Mercantile Bank Limited and First Rand Limited (each, a “custodian”). Each AngloGold ADS also represents securities, cash or other property deposited with The Bank of New York but not distributed to AngloGold ADS holders. The Bank of New York’s Corporate Trust Office is located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, NY 10286. The principal executive office of The Bank of New York is located at One Wall Street, New York, NY 10286.

     You may hold AngloGold ADSs either directly or indirectly through your broker or other financial institution. If you hold AngloGold ADSs directly, you are an AngloGold ADS holder. This description assumes you hold your AngloGold ADSs directly. If you hold the AngloGold ADSs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of AngloGold ADS holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

     Because The Bank of New York actually holds the AngloGold ordinary shares, you must rely on this bank to exercise the rights of an AngloGold shareholder. The obligations of The Bank of New York are set out in a deposit agreement among AngloGold, The Bank of New York, and you as an AngloGold ADS holder. The deposit agreement and the AngloGold ADSs are generally governed by the laws of the state of New York.

     The following is a summary of the deposit agreement. As this section is a summary, it may not contain all the information that may be important to you. For more complete information, you should read the entire agreement and the AngloGold ADS, the forms of which are exhibits to AngloGold’s registration statement on Form F-6 (Registration Statement No. 333-14066) filed with the US Securities and Exchange Commission. Directions on how to obtain copies of AngloGold’s filings with the US Securities and Exchange Commission are provided on page 1 under “Where you can find more information”.

9


Table of Contents

Dividends and Other Distributions

     The Bank of New York has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or a custodian receives on AngloGold ordinary shares or other deposited securities after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of AngloGold ordinary shares your AngloGold ADSs represent.

     Cash. The Bank of New York converts any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the AngloGold ordinary shares into US dollars (unless we pay it in US dollars), if it can do so on a reasonable basis and can transfer the US dollars to the United States. Currently, we pay dividends in South African rands on AngloGold ordinary shares. We may declare dividends and distributions on ordinary shares in any currency that the board of directors or shareholders at a general meeting approve.

     In accordance with the deposit agreement, The Bank of New York converts the South African rands it receives from us to US dollars and distributes dividends in US dollars to registered holders of AngloGold ADSs. If that is no longer possible or if any approval from any government is needed and cannot be obtained, the deposit agreement allows The Bank of New York to distribute non-US currency only to those AngloGold ADS holders to whom it is possible to make this type of distribution. The Bank of New York will hold the non-US currency it cannot convert for the account of the AngloGold ADS holders who have not been paid, unless an AngloGold ADS holder requests in writing to receive the non-US currency distribution. It will not invest the non-US currency and it will not be liable for the interest.

     Before making a distribution, any withholding taxes that must be paid will be deducted. See “Payment of Taxes” below. The Bank of New York will distribute only whole US dollars and cents and will round fractional cents to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when The Bank of New York cannot convert the non-US currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.

     Ordinary shares. The Bank of New York may distribute to you new AngloGold ADSs representing AngloGold ordinary shares that we distribute as a dividend or free distribution, if we provide it promptly with satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. If The Bank of New York does not distribute additional AngloGold ADSs, each AngloGold ADS will also represent the new AngloGold ordinary shares. The Bank of New York will only distribute whole AngloGold ADSs. It will sell AngloGold ordinary shares that would require it to use a fractional AngloGold ADS and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it distributes cash.

     Rights to subscribe for additional AngloGold ordinary shares. If we offer holders of our ordinary shares any rights to subscribe for additional AngloGold ordinary shares or any other rights, The Bank of New York may make these rights available to you or sell the rights and distribute the proceeds in the same way as it distributes cash. If The Bank of New York cannot do either of these things for any reason, it may allow these rights to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for them.

     If The Bank of New York makes these types of subscription rights available to you, upon instruction from you, it will exercise the rights and purchase the AngloGold ordinary shares on your behalf. The Bank of New York will then deposit the AngloGold ordinary shares and issue AngloGold ADSs to you. It will only exercise these rights if you pay it the exercise price and any other charges the rights require you to pay.

     US securities laws may restrict the sale, deposit, cancellation and transfer of the AngloGold ADSs issued after exercise of rights. For example, you may not be able to trade the AngloGold ADSs freely in the United States. In this case, The Bank of New York may issue the AngloGold ADSs under a separate restricted deposit agreement which will contain the same provisions as the original agreement, except for the changes needed to put the restrictions in place.

     Other Distributions. The Bank of New York will send to you anything else we distribute on deposited securities by any means it thinks is legal, fair and practical. If it cannot make the distribution in that way, The Bank of New York may decide to sell what we distribute, and then distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it distributes cash, or it may decide to hold what we distribute, in which case the AngloGold ADSs will also represent the newly distributed property.

10


Table of Contents

     The Bank of New York is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any AngloGold ADS holders. We have no obligation to register AngloGold ADSs, AngloGold ordinary shares, rights or other securities under the US Securities Act of 1933. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of AngloGold ADSs, AngloGold ordinary shares, rights or anything else to AngloGold ADS holders. This means that you may not receive the distribution we make on AngloGold ordinary shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you.

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

     The Bank of New York will issue AngloGold ADSs if you or your broker deposit AngloGold ordinary shares or evidence of rights to receive AngloGold ordinary shares with the custodian. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, The Bank of New York will register the appropriate number of AngloGold ADSs in the names you request and will deliver the AngloGold ADSs at its office to the persons you request.

     You may turn in your AngloGold ADSs at The Bank of New York’s Corporate Trust Office. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, The Bank of New York will deliver (1) the underlying AngloGold ordinary shares to an account designated by you and (2) any other deposited securities underlying the AngloGold ADSs at the office of the custodian. Or, at your request, risk and expense, The Bank of New York will deliver the deposited securities at its Corporate Trust Office.

Voting Rights

     You may instruct The Bank of New York to vote the AngloGold ordinary shares underlying your AngloGold ADSs, but only if we ask The Bank of New York to ask for your instructions. Otherwise, you won’t be able to exercise your right to vote unless you withdraw the AngloGold ordinary shares. However, you may not know about the meeting enough in advance to withdraw the AngloGold ordinary shares.

     If we ask for your instructions, The Bank of New York will notify you of the upcoming vote and arrange to deliver our voting materials to you. The materials will (1) describe the matters to be voted on and (2) explain how you, on or before a certain date, may instruct The Bank of New York to vote the AngloGold ordinary shares or other deposited securities underlying your AngloGold ADSs as you direct. For instructions to be valid, The Bank of New York must receive them on or before the date specified. The Bank of New York will try, as far as practical, to vote or to have its agents vote the AngloGold ordinary shares or other deposited securities as you instruct, but this is subject to South African law, the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association and of the deposited securities, and any applicable rule of the JSE. The Bank of New York will only vote or attempt to vote as you instruct. However, if The Bank of New York does not receive your voting instructions, it will give a proxy to vote your AngloGold ordinary shares to a person designated by us, unless we do not wish the proxy to be given, or substantial opposition exists, or the issue at hand materially and adversely affects the rights of holders of AngloGold ordinary shares.

     We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time for you to instruct The Bank of New York to vote your AngloGold ordinary shares. In addition, The Bank of New York and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise your right to vote and there may be nothing you can do if your AngloGold ordinary shares are not voted as you requested.

11


Table of Contents

Fees and Expenses

     
AngloGold ADS holders must pay:   For:

 
US$5.00 (or less) per 100 AngloGold ADSs   Each issuance of an AngloGold ADS, including as a result of a distribution of AngloGold ordinary shares or rights or other property
     
    Each cancellation of an AngloGold ADS, including if the deposit agreement terminates
     
US$0.02 (or less) per AngloGold ADS   Any cash payment
     
Registration or transfer fees   Transfer and registration of AngloGold ordinary shares on the AngloGold share register from your name to the name of The Bank of New York or its agent when you deposit or withdraw AngloGold ordinary shares
     
Expenses of The Bank of New York   Conversion of non-US currency to US dollars
     
    Cable, telex and facsimile transmission expenses
     
Taxes and other governmental charges The Bank of New York or any custodian has to pay on any AngloGold ADS or AngloGold ordinary share underlying an AngloGold ADS, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes   As necessary

Payment of Taxes

     You will be responsible for any taxes or other governmental charges payable on your AngloGold ADSs or on the deposited securities underlying your AngloGold ADSs. The Bank of New York may refuse to transfer your AngloGold ADSs or allow you to withdraw the deposited securities underlying your AngloGold ADSs until such taxes or other charges are paid. It may apply payments owed to you or sell deposited securities underlying your AngloGold ADSs to pay any taxes you owe, and you will remain liable for any deficiency. If it sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of AngloGold ADSs to reflect the sale and pay to you any proceeds, or send to you any property, remaining after it has paid the taxes.

12


Table of Contents

Reclassifications

     
If we:   Then:

 
Change the nominal or par value of the AngloGold ordinary shares;

Reclassify, split up or consolidate any of the deposited securities;
  The cash, AngloGold ordinary shares or other securities received by The Bank of New York will become deposited securities. Each AngloGold ADS will automatically represent its equal share of the new deposited securities.
     
Distribute securities on the AngloGold ordinary shares that are not distributed to you; or

Recapitalize, reorganize, merge, liquidate, sell all or substantially all of our assets, or take any similar action
  The Bank of New York may, and will if we ask it to, distribute some or all of the cash, AngloGold ordinary shares or other securities it receives. It may also issue new AngloGold ADSs or ask you to surrender your outstanding AngloGold ADSs in exchange for new AngloGold ADSs identifying the new deposited securities.

Amendment and Termination

     We may agree with The Bank of New York to amend the deposit agreement and the AngloGold ADSs without your consent for any reason. If the amendment adds or increases fees or charges (except for taxes and other governmental charges or registration fees, cable, telex or facsimile transmission costs, delivery costs or other such expenses) or if the amendment prejudices an important right of AngloGold ADS holders, it will only become effective 30 days after The Bank of New York notifies you of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, you are considered, by continuing to hold your AngloGold ADSs, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the AngloGold ADSs and the agreement as amended.

     The Bank of New York will terminate the deposit agreement if we ask it to do so. The Bank of New York may also terminate the deposit agreement if The Bank of New York has told us that it would like to resign and we have not appointed a new depositary bank within 90 days. In both cases, The Bank of New York must notify you at least 30 days before termination.

     After termination, The Bank of New York and its agents will be required to do only the following under the deposit agreement: (1) advise you that the agreement is terminated and (2) collect distributions on the deposited securities and, upon canceling the AngloGold ADSs, deliver AngloGold ordinary shares and other deposited securities. One year after the date of termination or later, The Bank of New York may sell any remaining deposited securities by public or private sale and will hold the proceeds of the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the deposit agreement, for the pro rata benefit of the AngloGold ADS holders who have not surrendered their AngloGold ADSs. It will not invest the money and will have no liability for interest. The Bank of New York’s only obligations will be to account for the proceeds of the sale and other cash. After termination, our only obligations will be with respect to indemnification of, and payment of certain amounts to, The Bank of New York.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability to AngloGold ADS Holders

     The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of The Bank of New York, and it limits our liability and the liability of The Bank of New York. We, and The Bank of New York:

    are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the deposit agreement without negligence or bad faith,
 
    are not liable if either of us is prevented or delayed by law or circumstances beyond our control from performing our obligations under the agreement,
 
    are not liable if either of us exercises discretion permitted under the agreement, and

13


Table of Contents

    have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or other proceeding related to the AngloGold ADSs or the agreement on your behalf or on behalf of any other party.

     In the deposit agreement, we and The Bank of New York agree to indemnify each other under certain circumstances.

Requirements for Depositary Actions

     Before The Bank of New York will issue, transfer or register the transfer of an AngloGold ADS, make a distribution on an AngloGold ADS, or allow withdrawal of AngloGold ordinary shares, The Bank of New York may require:

    payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any AngloGold ordinary shares or other deposited securities,
 
    production of satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or other information it deems necessary, and
 
    compliance with regulations it may establish, from time to time, consistent with the agreement, including presentation of transfer documents.

     The Bank of New York may refuse to deliver, transfer, or register transfers of AngloGold ADSs generally when the books of The Bank of New York or our books are closed, or at any time if either of us thinks it advisable to do so.

     You have the right to cancel your AngloGold ADSs and withdraw the underlying AngloGold ordinary shares at any time except:

    when temporary delays arise because: (1) either The Bank of New York or we have closed our transfer books; (2) the transfer of AngloGold ordinary shares is blocked to permit voting at a general meeting of shareholders; or (3) we are paying a dividend on the AngloGold ordinary shares;
 
    when you or other AngloGold ADS holders seeking to withdraw AngloGold ordinary shares owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; or
 
    when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to AngloGold ADSs or to the withdrawal of AngloGold ordinary shares or other deposited securities.

     This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.

Pre-release of AngloGold ADSs

     In certain circumstances, subject to the provisions of the deposit agreement, The Bank of New York may issue AngloGold ADSs before deposit of the underlying AngloGold ordinary shares. This is called a pre-release of the AngloGold ADS. The Bank of New York may also deliver AngloGold ordinary shares upon cancellation of pre-released AngloGold ADSs (even if the AngloGold ADSs are cancelled before the pre-release transaction has been closed out). A pre-release is closed out as soon as the underlying AngloGold ordinary shares are delivered to The Bank of New York. The Bank of New York may receive AngloGold ADSs instead of AngloGold ordinary shares to close out a pre-release.

     The Bank of New York may pre-release AngloGold ADSs only under the following conditions:

    before or at the time of the pre-release, the person to whom the pre-release is being made must represent to The Bank of New York in writing that it or its customer owns the AngloGold ordinary shares or AngloGold ADSs to be deposited;
 
    the pre-release must be fully collateralized with cash or other collateral that The Bank of New York considers appropriate; and
 
    The Bank of New York must be able to close out the pre-release on not more than five business days’ notice. In addition, The Bank of New York will limit the number of AngloGold ADSs that may be outstanding at any time as a result of pre-release, although The

14


Table of Contents

      Bank of New York may disregard the limit from time to time, if it thinks it is appropriate to do so.

DESCRIPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES

     We or our wholly owned subsidiary AngloGold International Holdings S.A. may issue debt securities in one or more distinct series. Most of the financial terms and other specific terms of any series of debt securities that we offer will be described in a prospectus supplement to be attached to the front of this prospectus. Since the terms of specific debt securities may differ from the general information we have provided below, you should rely on information in the prospectus supplement that contradicts the general information set forth below.

     As required by United States federal law for all bonds and notes of companies that are publicly offered, the debt securities are governed by a document called an “indenture”. An indenture is a contract between us and a financial institution acting as trustee on your behalf. The trustee has two main roles. First, the trustee can enforce your rights against us if we default. There are some limitations on the extent to which the trustee acts on your behalf, described under “Events of Default” on page 22. Second, the trustee performs certain administrative duties for us.

     AngloGold will issue debt securities under an indenture, as supplemented from time to time (the “debt indenture”), to be entered into between AngloGold and The Bank of New York as trustee (the “debt trustee”). AngloGold’s wholly-owned subsidiary AngloGold International Holdings S.A. will issue guaranteed debt securities under an indenture, as supplemented from time to time (the “guaranteed debt indenture”), to be entered into among AngloGold International Holdings S.A., AngloGold as guarantor, and The Bank of New York as trustee (the “guaranteed debt trustee”). Except where the context clearly refers to AngloGold International Holdings S.A. as the issuer of the debt securities and AngloGold as the guarantor of those securities, “we”, “us” and “our” in this section refers to either AngloGold or AngloGold International Holdings S.A., whichever is issuing the debt securities at any particular time.

     The term “trustee” refers to the debt trustee or the guaranteed debt trustee, as appropriate. We will refer to the debt indenture and the guaranteed debt indenture together as the “indentures” and each as an “indenture”. The indentures are subject to and governed by the United States Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

     As this section is a summary, it does not describe every aspect of the debt securities and the indentures. We urge you to read the indenture that is applicable to you because it, and not this description, defines your rights as a holder of debt securities. For example, in this section, we use capitalized words to signify terms that are specifically defined in the indentures. Some of the definitions are repeated in this prospectus, but for the rest you will need to read the indentures. We have filed the form of each indenture as an exhibit to the registration statement that we have filed with the SEC. See “Where You Can Find More Information” on page 1 for information on how to obtain a copy of the indentures.

General

     The debt securities offered by this prospectus will be limited to a total amount of $600 million, or the equivalent amount in any currency. The indentures, however, may not limit the amount of debt securities that may be issued under them. Therefore, additional debt securities may be issued under the indentures.

     Each indenture provides that any debt securities proposed to be sold under this prospectus and the attached prospectus supplement and any debt securities issuable upon the exercise of debt warrants or upon conversion or exchange of debt securities, as well as other unsecured debt securities, may be issued under that indenture in one or more series.

     The prospectus supplement, which will accompany this prospectus, will describe the particular series of debt securities being offered including:

    whether the debt securities are issued by AngloGold Limited or AngloGold International Holdings S.A.;

15


Table of Contents

    the designation or title of the series of debt securities;
 
    the total principal amount of the series of debt securities;
 
    the percentage of the principal amount at which the series of debt securities will be offered;
 
    the date or dates on which principal will be payable;
 
    the rate or rates (which may be either fixed or variable) and/or the method of determining such rate or rates of interest, if any;
 
    the date or dates from which any interest will accrue, or the method of determining such date or dates, and the date or dates on which any interest will be payable;
 
    the terms for redemption, extension or early repayment, if any;
 
    the currencies in which the series of debt securities are issued and payable;
 
    the provision for any sinking fund;
 
    any additional restrictive covenants;
 
    any additional events of default;
 
    whether the series of debt securities are issuable in certificated form;
 
    any provisions modifying the defeasance and covenant defeasance provisions;
 
    any special tax implications, including provisions for original issue discount;
 
    any provisions for convertibility or exchangeability of the debt securities into or for any other securities;
 
    whether the debt securities are subject to subordination and the terms of such subordination;
 
    whether the debt securities are guaranteed and the terms of such guarantee;
 
    the place or places of payment, transfer, conversion and/or exchange of the debt securities;
 
    whether and under what circumstances we will pay additional amounts in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge and, if so, whether we will have the option to redeem the debt securities rather than pay the additional amounts, and the terms of this option;
 
    any provisions granting special rights to the holders of the debt securities upon the occurrence of specific events; and
 
    any other terms.

     The debt securities will be our unsecured obligations. Unless the debt securities are subject to subordination as specified in the prospectus supplement and related supplemental indenture, debt securities will rank equally with our other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. If subordinated, debt securities will be unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all of our unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness, subject to the terms of subordination to be set forth in the prospectus supplement and the supplemental indenture.

     Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, will be paid by us in immediately available funds.

     For purposes of this prospectus, any reference to the payment of principal of or premium or interest, if any, on debt securities will include additional amounts if required by the terms of the debt securities.

     None of the indentures limits the amount of debt securities that may be issued thereunder from time to time. Debt securities issued under an indenture, when a single trustee is acting for all debt securities issued under the indenture, are called the “securities”. Each indenture also provides that there may be more than one trustee, each with respect to one or more different series of securities. See “Resignation of Trustee” on page 26. At a time when two or more trustees are acting under one of the indentures, each with respect to only certain series, the term “securities” means the one or more series of debt securities with respect to which each respective trustee is acting. In the event that there is more than one trustee under one of the indentures, the powers and trust obligations of each trustee described in this prospectus will extend only to those series of securities for which it is trustee. If two or more trustees are acting under one of the indentures, then the securities for which each trustee is acting would be treated as if issued under separate indentures.

     The indentures do not contain any provisions that give you protection in the event we issue a large amount of debt or we are acquired by another entity.

16


Table of Contents

     We refer you to the prospectus supplement for information with respect to any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default or our covenants that are described below, including any addition of a covenant or other provision providing event risk or similar protection.

     We have the ability to issue securities with terms different from those of securities previously issued and, without the consent of the holders thereof, to reopen a previous issue of a series of securities and issue additional securities of that series unless the reopening was restricted when that series was created.

Conversion and Exchange

     If any debt securities are convertible into or exchangeable for other securities, the prospectus supplement will explain the terms and conditions of the conversion or exchange, including the conversion price or exchange ratio (or the calculation method), the conversion or exchange period (or how the period will be determined), if conversion or exchange will be mandatory or at the option of the holder or us, provisions for adjusting the conversion price or the exchange ratio and provisions affecting conversion or exchange in the event of the redemption of the underlying debt securities. These terms may also include provisions under which the number or amount of other securities to be received by the holders of the debt securities upon conversion or exchange would be calculated according to the market price of the other securities as of a time stated in the prospectus supplement.

Full and Unconditional Guarantee of Debt Securities of AngloGold International Holdings S.A.

     AngloGold Limited will fully and unconditionally guarantee any guaranteed debt securities issued by AngloGold International Holdings S.A. under a guarantee of the payment of principal of, and any premium, interest and “additional amounts” on, these debt securities when due, whether at maturity or otherwise. AngloGold Limited must obtain the approval of the South African Reserve Bank (SARB) to provide this guarantee. Therefore, the issuance of debt securities by AngloGold International Holdings S.A. under this prospectus is subject to the approval of the SARB. Unless the guarantees are subject to subordination as specified in the prospectus supplement and related supplemental indenture, the guarantees will rank equally with other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of AngloGold Limited. Because the guarantees determine the ranking of the debt guaranteed by them, the guaranteed debt securities issued by AngloGold International Holdings S.A. will also rank equally with other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of AngloGold Limited, unless otherwise specified in the prospectus supplement and related supplemental indenture. For a discussion of the payment of “additional amounts”, please see “Payment of Additional Amounts with Respect to the Debt Securities” below. Under the terms of the full and unconditional guarantee, holders of the guaranteed debt securities will not be required to exercise their remedies against AngloGold International Holdings S.A. before they proceed directly against AngloGold.

Payment of Additional Amounts with Respect to the Debt Securities

     Unless otherwise indicated in our prospectus supplement, we will pay all amounts of principal of, and any premium and interest on, any debt securities, without deduction or withholding for any taxes, assessments or other charges imposed by the government of South Africa or Luxembourg, as the case may be, or the government of a jurisdiction in which a successor to either of us, as the case may be, is organized. If deduction or withholding of any of these charges is required by South Africa or Luxembourg, as the case may be, or by a jurisdiction in which a successor to either of us, as the case may be, is organized, we will pay as additional interest any additional amounts necessary to make the net amount paid to the affected holders equal the amount the holders would have received in the absence of the deduction or withholding. However, these “additional amounts” will not include:

  the amount of any tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed by any government of any jurisdiction other than South Africa or Luxembourg (including any unit of the federal or a state government of the United States);
 
  the amount of any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that is only payable because either:

    –  a type of connection exists between the holder and South Africa or Luxembourg, as the case may be; or

17


Table of Contents

  the holder presented the debt security for payment more than 30 days after the date on which the relevant payment becomes due or was provided for, whichever is later;

  any estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer, personal property or similar tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charge;
 
  the amount of any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that is payable other than by deduction or withholding from a payment on the debt securities;
 
  the amount of any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that is imposed or withheld due to the beneficial owner of the debt security failing to accurately comply with a request from us to either provide information concerning the beneficial owner’s nationality, residence or identity or make any claim to satisfy any information or reporting requirement, if the completion of either would have provided an exemption from the applicable governmental charge;
 
  any withholding or deduction required pursuant to any European Union directive on the taxation of savings; or
 
  any combination of the taxes, assessments or other governmental charges described above.

     The prospectus supplement will describe any additional circumstances under which additional amounts will not be paid with respect to guaranteed debt securities.

Optional Tax Redemption

     Unless otherwise indicated in your prospectus supplement, except in the case of debt securities that have a variable rate of interest and that may be redeemed on any interest payment date, we may redeem each series of guaranteed debt securities at our option in whole but not in part at any time, if:

  we would be required to pay additional amounts, as a result of any change in the tax laws of South Africa or Luxembourg, as the case may be, that becomes effective on or after the date of issuance of that series, as explained above under “Payment of Additional Amounts with Respect to the Debt Securities”, or
 
  there is a change in any treaty affecting taxation to which South Africa or Luxembourg, as the case may be (or a jurisdiction in which a successor to either of us, as the case may be, is organized), is a party, this change becomes effective on or after a date on which one of our affiliates borrows money from us, and because of the change this affiliate would be required to deduct or withhold tax on payments to us to enable us to make any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest.

     Except in the case of outstanding original issue discount debt securities, which may be redeemed at the redemption price specified by the terms of that series of debt securities, the redemption price will be equal to the principal amount plus accrued interest to the date of redemption.

     In both of these cases, however, we will not be permitted to redeem a series of debt securities if we can avoid either the payment of additional amounts, or deductions or withholding, as the case may be, by using reasonable measures available to us.

Additional Mechanics

     We may issue the debt securities in registered form, in which case we may issue them either in book-entry form only or in “certificated” form. Debt securities issued in book-entry form will be represented by global securities. We expect that we will usually issue debt securities in book-entry form only represented by global securities.

     We also will have the option of issuing debt securities in non-registered form as bearer securities if we issue the securities outside the United States to non-US persons. In that case, the prospectus supplement will set forth the mechanics for holding the bearer securities, including the procedures for receiving payments, for exchanging the bearer securities for registered securities of the same series, and for receiving notices. The prospectus supplement will also describe the requirements with respect to our maintenance of offices or agencies outside the United States and the applicable US tax law requirements.

18


Table of Contents

Holders of Registered Debt Securities

     Book-Entry Holders. We will issue registered debt securities in book-entry form only, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement. This means debt securities will be represented by one or more global securities registered in the name of a depositary that will hold them on behalf of financial institutions that participate in the depositary’s book-entry system. These participating institutions, in turn, hold beneficial interests in the debt securities held by the depositary or its nominee. These institutions may hold these interests on behalf of themselves or customers.

     Under each indenture, only the person in whose name a debt security is registered is recognized as the holder of that debt security. Consequently, for debt securities issued in global form, we will recognize only the depositary as the holder of the debt securities and we will make all payments on the debt securities to the depositary. The depositary will then pass along the payments it receives to its participants, which in turn will pass the payments along to their customers who are the beneficial owners. The depositary and its participants do so under agreements they have made with one another or with their customers; they are not obligated to do so under the terms of the debt securities.

     As a result, investors will not own debt securities directly. Instead, they will own beneficial interests in a global security, through a bank, broker or other financial institution that participates in the depositary’s book-entry system or holds an interest through a participant. As long as the debt securities are issued in global form, investors will be indirect holders, and not holders, of the debt securities.

     Street Name Holders. In the future, we may issue debt securities in certificated form or terminate a global security. In these cases, investors may choose to hold their debt securities in their own names or in “street name”. Debt securities held in street name are registered in the name of a bank, broker or other financial institution chosen by the investor, and the investor holds a beneficial interest in those debt securities through the account he or she maintains at that institution.

     For debt securities held in street name, we will recognize only the intermediary banks, brokers and other financial institutions in whose names the debt securities are registered as the holders of those debt securities and we will make all payments on those debt securities to them. These institutions will pass along the payments they receive to their customers who are the beneficial owners, but only because they agree to do so in their customer agreements or because they are legally required to do so. Investors who hold debt securities in street name will be indirect holders, and not holders, of the debt securities.

     Legal Holders. Our obligations, as well as the obligations of the applicable trustee and those of any third parties employed by us or the applicable trustee, run only to the legal holders of the debt securities. We do not have obligations to investors who hold beneficial interests in global securities, in street name or by any other indirect means. This will be the case whether an investor chooses to be an indirect holder of a debt security or has no choice because we are issuing the debt securities only in global form.

     For example, once we make a payment or give a notice to the holder, we have no further responsibility for the payment or notice even if that holder is required, under agreements with depositary participants or customers or by law, to pass it along to the indirect holders but does not do so. Similarly, if we want to obtain the approval of the holders for any purpose (for example, to amend an indenture or to relieve us of the consequences of a default or of our obligation to comply with a particular provision of an indenture), we would seek the approval only from the holders, and not the indirect holders, of the debt securities. Whether and how the holders contact the indirect holders is up to the holders.

     When we refer to you, we mean those who invest in the debt securities being offered by this prospectus, whether they are the holders or only indirect holders of those debt securities. When we refer to your debt securities, we mean the debt securities in which you hold a direct or indirect interest.

     Special Considerations for Indirect Holders. If you hold debt securities through a bank, broker or other financial institution, either in book-entry form or in street name, we urge you to check with that institution to find out:

    how it handles securities payments and notices;

19


Table of Contents

    whether it imposes fees or charges;
 
    how it would handle a request for the holders’ consent, if ever required;
 
    whether and how you can instruct it to send you debt securities registered in your own name so you can be a holder, if that is permitted in the future for a particular series of debt securities;
 
    how it would exercise rights under the debt securities if there were a default or other event triggering the need for holders to act to protect their interests; and
 
    if the debt securities are in book-entry form, how the depositary’s rules and procedures will affect these matters.

Global Securities

     What is a Global Security? As noted above, we usually will issue debt securities as registered securities in book-entry form only. A global security represents one or any other number of individual debt securities. Generally, all debt securities represented by the same global securities will have the same terms.

     Each debt security that we issue in book-entry form will be represented by a global security that we deposit with and register in the name of a financial institution or its nominee that we select. The financial institution that we select for this purpose is called the depositary. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, known as DTC, will be the depositary for all debt securities issued in book-entry form.

     A global security may not be transferred to or registered in the name of anyone other than the depositary or its nominee, unless special termination situations arise. We describe those situations below under “Special Situations when a Global Security Will Be Terminated”. As a result of these arrangements, the depositary, or its nominee, will be the sole registered owner and holder of all debt securities represented by a global security, and investors will be permitted to own only beneficial interests in a global security. Beneficial interests must be held by means of an account with a broker, bank or other financial institution that in turn has an account with the depositary or with another institution that has an account with the depositary. Thus, an investor whose security is represented by a global security will not be a holder of the debt security, but only an indirect holder of a beneficial interest in the global security.

     Special Considerations for Global Securities. As an indirect holder, an investor’s rights relating to a global security will be governed by the account rules of the investor’s financial institution and of the depositary, as well as general laws relating to securities transfers. The depositary that holds the global security will be considered the holder of the debt securities represented by the global security.

     If debt securities are issued only in the form of a global security, an investor should be aware of the following:

    An investor cannot cause the debt securities to be registered in his or her name, and cannot obtain non-global certificates for his or her interest in the debt securities, except in the special situations we describe below;
 
    An investor will be an indirect holder and must look to his or her own bank or broker for payments on the debt securities and protection of his or her legal rights relating to the debt securities, as we describe under “Holders of Registered Debt Securities” above;
 
    An investor may not be able to sell interests in the debt securities to some insurance companies and other institutions that are not permitted by law to own securities in book-entry form;
 
    An investor may not be able to pledge his or her interest in a global security in circumstances where certificates representing the debt securities must be delivered to the lender or other beneficiary of the pledge in order for the pledge to be effective;
 
    The depositary’s policies, which may change from time to time, will govern payments, transfers, exchanges and other matters relating to an investor’s interest in a global security. We and the trustee have no responsibility for any aspect of the depositary’s actions or for its records of ownership interests in a global security. We and the trustee also do not supervise the depositary in any way;

20


Table of Contents

    The depositary requires that those who purchase and sell interests in a global security deposited in its book-entry system use immediately available funds. Your broker or bank may also require you to use immediately available funds when purchasing or selling interests in a global security;
 
    Financial institutions that participate in the depositary’s book-entry system, and through which an investor holds its interest in a global security, may also have their own policies affecting payments, notices and other matters relating to the debt security. There may be more than one financial intermediary in the chain of ownership for an investor. We do not monitor and are not responsible for the actions of any of those intermediaries.

     Special Situations when a Global Security Will Be Terminated. In a few special situations described below, a global security will be terminated and interests in it will be exchanged for certificates in non-global form (certificated securities). After that exchange, the choice of whether to hold the certificated debt securities directly or in street name will be up to the investor. Investors must consult their own banks or brokers to find out how to have their interests in a global security transferred on termination to their own names, so that they will be holders. We have described the rights of holders and street name investors under “Holders of Registered Debt Securities” above.

     The special situations for termination of a global security are as follows:

    if the depositary notifies us that it is unwilling, unable or no longer qualified to continue as depositary for that global security, and we do not appoint another institution to act as depositary within 120 days;
 
    if we notify the trustee that we wish to terminate that global security;
 
    if an Event of Default has occurred with regard to the debt securities represented by that global security and has not been cured or waived; we discuss defaults later under “Events of Default”; or
 
    if any other condition specified in our prospectus supplement occurs.

     The prospectus supplement may list situations for terminating a global security that would apply only to the particular series of debt securities covered by the prospectus supplement. If a global security is terminated, only the depositary, and not we or the applicable trustee, is responsible for deciding the names of the institutions in whose names the debt securities represented by the global security will be registered and, therefore, who will be the direct holders of those debt securities.

Payment and Paying Agents

     We will pay interest to the person listed in the applicable trustee’s records as the owner of the debt security at the close of business on a particular day in advance of each due date for interest, even if that person no longer owns the debt security on the interest due date. That day, usually about two weeks in advance of the interest due date, is called the “regular record date”. Because we will pay all the interest for an interest period to the holders on the regular record date, holders buying and selling debt securities must work out between themselves the appropriate purchase price. The most common manner is to adjust the sales price of the debt securities to prorate interest fairly between buyer and seller based on their respective ownership periods within the particular interest period. This prorated interest amount is called “accrued interest”.

     Payments on Global Securities. We will make payments on a global security in accordance with the applicable policies of the depositary as in effect from time to time. Under those policies, we will make payments directly to the depositary, or its nominee, and not to any indirect holders who own beneficial interests in the global security. An indirect holder’s right to those payments will be governed by the rules and practices of the depositary and its participants, as described under “Global Securities—What Is a Global Security?”.

     Payments on Certificated Securities. We will make payments on a debt security in non-global certificated form as follows. We will pay interest that is due on an interest payment date by check mailed on the interest payment date to the holder at his or her address shown on the trustee’s records as of the close of business on the regular record date. We will make all payments of principal and premium, if any, by

21


Table of Contents

check at the office of the applicable trustee in New York and/or at other offices that may be specified in the prospectus supplement or in a notice to holders, against surrender of the debt security. All payments by check will be made in next-day funds, that is funds that become available on the day after the check is cashed.

     Alternatively, if a certificated security has a face amount of at least $10,000,000 and the holder asks us to do so, we will pay any amount that becomes due on the debt security by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account at a bank in New York, on the due date. To request payment by wire, the holder must give the applicable trustee or other paying agent appropriate transfer instructions at least 15 business days before the requested wire payment is due. In the case of any interest payment due on an interest payment date, the instructions must be given by the person who is the holder on the relevant regular record date. Any wire instructions, once properly given, will remain in effect unless and until new instructions are given in the manner described above.

     Payment when Offices Are Closed. If any payment is due on a debt security on a day that is not a business day, we will make the payment on the next day that is a business day. Payments postponed to the next business day in this situation will be treated under the indentures as if they were made on the original due date. A postponement of this kind will not result in a default under any debt security or indenture, and no interest will accrue on the postponed amount from the original due date to the next day that is a business day.

     BOOK-ENTRY AND OTHER INDIRECT HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR BANKS OR BROKERS FOR INFORMATION ON HOW THEY WILL RECEIVE PAYMENTS ON THEIR DEBT SECURITIES.

Events of Default

     You will have special rights if an Event of Default occurs in respect of the debt securities of your series and is not cured, as described later in this subsection.

     What Is an Event of Default? The term “Event of Default” in respect of the debt securities of your series means any of the following:

    We do not pay the principal of, or any premium on, a debt security of the series on its due date;
 
    We do not pay interest on a debt security of the series within 30 days of its due date;
 
    We do not deposit any sinking fund payment in respect of debt securities of the series on its due date;
 
    We remain in breach of a covenant in respect of debt securities of the series for 60 days after we receive a written notice of default stating we are in breach. The notice must be sent by either the trustee or holders of 25% of the principal amount of debt securities of that series;
 
    We file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur; or
 
    Any other Event of Default in respect of debt securities of the series described in the prospectus supplement occurs.

     An Event of Default for a particular series of debt securities does not necessarily constitute an Event of Default for any other series of debt securities issued under the same or any other indenture. The trustee may withhold notice to the holders of debt securities of any default, except in the payment of principal or interest, if it considers the withholding of notice to be in the best interests of the holders.

     Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs. If an Event of Default has occurred and has not been cured, the trustee or the holders of 25% in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series may declare the entire principal amount of all the debt securities of that series to be due and immediately payable. This is called a declaration of acceleration of maturity. A declaration of acceleration of maturity may be canceled by the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series.

22


Table of Contents

     Except in cases of default, where the trustee has some special duties, the trustee is not required to take any action under the applicable indenture at the request of any holders unless the holders offer the trustee reasonable protection from expenses and liability (called an “indemnity”). If reasonable indemnity is provided, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of the relevant series may direct the time, method and place of conducting any lawsuit or other formal legal action seeking any remedy available to the trustee. The trustee may refuse to follow those directions in certain circumstances. No delay or omission in exercising any right or remedy will be treated as a waiver of that right, remedy or Event of Default.

     Before you are allowed to bypass your trustee and bring your own lawsuit or other formal legal action or take other steps to enforce your rights or protect your interests relating to the debt securities, the following must occur:

    You must give your trustee written notice that an Event of Default has occurred and remains uncured;
 
    The holders of 25% in principal amount of all outstanding debt securities of the relevant series must make a written request that the trustee take action because of the default and must offer reasonable indemnity to the trustee against the cost and other liabilities of taking that action;
 
    The trustee must not have taken action for 60 days after receipt of the above notice and offer of indemnity; and
 
    The holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of the relevant series must not have given the trustee a direction inconsistent with the above notice.

     However, you are entitled at any time to bring a lawsuit for the payment of money due on your debt securities on or after the due date.

     Holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series may waive any past defaults other than:

    the payment of principal, any premium or interest; and
 
    in respect of a covenant that cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each holder.

     BOOK-ENTRY AND OTHER INDIRECT HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR BANKS OR BROKERS FOR INFORMATION ON HOW TO GIVE NOTICE OR DIRECTION TO OR MAKE A REQUEST OF THE TRUSTEE AND HOW TO DECLARE OR CANCEL AN ACCELERATION.

     Each year, we will furnish to each trustee a written statement of certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we are in compliance with the applicable indenture and the debt securities, or else specifying any default.

Merger or Consolidation

     Under the terms of the indentures, we are generally permitted to consolidate or merge with another entity. We are also permitted to sell all or substantially all of our assets to another entity. However, we may not take any of these actions unless all the following conditions are met:

    Where we merge out of existence or sell our assets, the resulting entity must agree to be legally responsible for the debt securities;
 
    The merger or sale of assets must not cause a default on the debt securities and we must not already be in default (unless the merger or sale would cure the default). For purposes of this no-default test, a default would include an Event of Default that has occurred and has not been cured, as described on page 22 under “Events of Default—What Is an Event of Default?”. A default for this purpose would also include any event that would be an Event of Default if the requirements for giving us a notice of default or our default having to exist for a specific period of time were disregarded;
 
    We must deliver certain certificates and documents to the trustee; and

23


Table of Contents

    We must satisfy any other requirements specified in the prospectus supplement relating to a particular series of debt securities.

Modification or Waiver

     There are three types of changes we can make to any of the indentures and the debt securities issued under the indentures.

     Changes Requiring Your Approval. First, there are changes that we cannot make to your debt securities without your specific approval. Following is a list of those types of changes:

    change the stated maturity of the principal of or interest on a debt security;
 
    reduce any amounts due on a debt security;
 
    reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of a security following a default;
 
    adversely affect any right of repayment at the holder’s option;
 
    change the place (except as otherwise described in the prospectus or prospectus supplement) or currency of payment on a debt security;
 
    impair your right to sue for payment;
 
    adversely affect any right to convert or exchange a debt security in accordance with its terms;
 
    reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent is needed to modify or amend the applicable indenture;
 
    reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent is needed to waive compliance with certain provisions of the applicable indenture or to waive certain defaults;
 
    modify any other aspect of the provisions of the applicable indenture dealing with modification and waiver of past defaults, changes to the quorum or voting requirements or the waiver of certain covenants; and
 
    change any obligation to pay additional amounts, as explained above under “Payment of Additional Amounts with Respect to the Debt Securities”.

     Changes Not Requiring Approval. The second type of change does not require any vote by the holders of the debt securities. This type is limited to clarifications and certain other changes that would not adversely affect holders of the outstanding debt securities in any material respect. Nor do we need any approval to make any change that affects only debt securities to be issued under any of the indentures after the change takes effect.

     Changes Requiring Majority Approval. Any other change to any of the indentures and the debt securities would require the following approval:

    If the change affects only one series of debt securities, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of that series;
 
    If the change affects more than one series of debt securities issued under the same indenture, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series affected by the change, with all affected series voting together as one class for this purpose.

     In each case, the required approval must be given by written consent.

     The holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series of debt securities issued under an indenture, voting together as one class for this purpose, may waive our compliance with some of our covenants in that indenture. However, we cannot obtain a waiver of a payment default or of any of the matters covered by the bullet points included above under “Changes Requiring Your Approval”.

     Further Details Concerning Voting. We will generally be entitled to set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the holders of outstanding securities that are entitled to vote or take other action under the indentures. If we set a record date for a vote or other action to be taken by holders of one or more series, that vote or action may be taken only by persons who are holders of outstanding securities of those series on the record date, and the vote or other action must be taken within eleven months following the record date. Unless otherwise specified in the prospectus supplement or supplemental

24


Table of Contents

indenture, the holder of a debt security will be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of the debt security that is outstanding and held by it. Debt securities will not be considered outstanding, and therefore not eligible to vote, if we have deposited or set aside in trust money for their payment or redemption. Debt securities will also not be eligible to vote if they have been fully defeased as described later under “Defeasance — Full Defeasance”.

     BOOK-ENTRY AND OTHER INDIRECT HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR BANKS OR BROKERS FOR INFORMATION ON HOW APPROVAL MAY BE GRANTED OR DENIED IF WE SEEK TO CHANGE THE APPLICABLE INDENTURE OR THE DEBT SECURITIES OR REQUEST A WAIVER.

Defeasance

     The following provisions will be applicable to each series of debt securities unless we state in the applicable prospectus supplement that the provisions of covenant defeasance and full defeasance will not be applicable to that series.

     Covenant Defeasance. Under current US federal tax law, we can make the deposit described below and be released from some of the restrictive covenants in the indenture under which a particular series was issued. This is called “covenant defeasance”. In that event, you would lose the protection of those restrictive covenants but would gain the protection of having cash and US government securities set aside in trust to repay your debt securities. In order to achieve covenant defeasance, we must do the following:

    We must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of the debt securities of the particular series a combination of cash and US government or US government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the debt securities on their various due dates;
 
    The “covenant defeasance” must not otherwise result in a breach of the indenture or any of our other material agreements;
 
    No Event of Default must have occurred and remain uncured; and
 
    We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel confirming that, under current federal income tax law, we may make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and just repaid the debt securities ourselves at maturity.

     If we accomplish covenant defeasance, you can still look to us for repayment of the debt securities if there is a shortfall in the trust deposit or the trustee is prevented from making payment. In fact, if one of the remaining Events of Default occurred (such as our bankruptcy) and the debt securities became immediately due and payable, there might be a shortfall. Depending on the event causing the default, you may not be able to obtain payment of the shortfall.

     Full Defeasance. If there is a change in US federal tax law, as described below, we can legally release ourselves from all payment and other obligations on the debt securities of a particular series (called “full defeasance”) if we put in place the following arrangements for you to be repaid:

    We must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of the debt securities of the particular series a combination of cash and US government or US government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the debt securities on their various due dates;
 
    The “full defeasance” must not otherwise result in a breach of the indenture or any of our other material agreements;
 
    No Event of Default must have occurred and remain uncured; and
 
    We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion confirming that there has been a change in current federal tax law or an IRS ruling that lets us make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and just repaid the debt securities ourselves at maturity. Under current US federal tax law, the deposit and our legal release from the debt securities would be treated as though we paid you

25


Table of Contents

      your share of the cash and notes or bonds at the time the cash and notes or bonds were deposited in trust in exchange for your debt securities and you would recognize gain or loss on the debt securities at the time of the deposit.

     If we ever did accomplish full defeasance, as described above, you would have to rely solely on the trust deposit for repayment of the debt securities. You could not look to us for repayment in the unlikely event of any shortfall.

Form, Exchange and Transfer of Registered Securities

     If registered debt securities cease to be issued in global form, they will be issued:

    only in fully registered certificated form;
 
    without interest coupons; and
 
    unless we indicate otherwise in the prospectus supplement, in denominations of $1,000 and amounts that are multiples of $1,000.

     Holders may exchange their certificated securities for debt securities of smaller denominations or combined into fewer debt securities of larger denominations, as long as the total principal amount is not changed.

     Holders may exchange or transfer their certificated securities at the office of their trustee. We have appointed the trustee to act as our agent for registering debt securities in the names of holders transferring debt securities. We may appoint another entity to perform these functions or perform them ourselves.

     Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer or exchange their certificated securities, but they may be required to pay any tax or other governmental charge associated with the transfer or exchange. The transfer or exchange will be made only if our transfer agent is satisfied with the holder’s proof of legal ownership.

     If we have designated additional transfer agents for your debt security, they will be named in your prospectus supplement. We may appoint additional transfer agents or cancel the appointment of any particular transfer agent. We may also approve a change in the office through which any transfer agent acts.

     If any certificated securities of a particular series are redeemable and we redeem less than all the debt securities of that series, we may block the transfer or exchange of those debt securities during the period beginning 15 days before the day we mail the notice of redemption and ending on the day of that mailing, in order to freeze the list of holders to prepare the mailing. We may also refuse to register transfers or exchanges of any certificated securities selected for redemption, except that we will continue to permit transfers and exchanges of the unredeemed portion of any debt security that will be partially redeemed.

     If a registered debt security is issued in global form, only the depositary will be entitled to transfer and exchange the debt security as described in this subsection, since it will be the sole holder of the debt security.

Resignation of Trustee

     Each trustee may resign or be removed with respect to one or more series of securities provided that a successor trustee is appointed to act with respect to these series. In the event that two or more persons are acting as trustee with respect to different series of securities under one of the indentures, each of the trustees will be a trustee of a trust separate and apart from the trust administered by any other trustee.

Limitation on Liens

     We covenant in the debt indenture and the guaranteed debt indenture that we will not, nor will we permit any “Restricted Subsidiary” to, incur, assume or guarantee any debt if the debt is secured by any mortgage, security interest, pledge, lien or other encumbrance (collectively, a “lien” or “liens”) upon any

26


Table of Contents

“Principal Property” of ours or any Restricted Subsidiary or any shares of stock or indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether owned at the date of the applicable indenture or thereafter acquired, without effectively securing the securities issued under that indenture equally and ratably with or prior to this debt. Please see further below for definitions of “Restricted Subsidiary” and “Principal Property”.

     This lien restriction will not apply to, among other things:

    liens already existing at the time of our first issuance of debt securities under that indenture;
 
    liens on property, shares of stock or indebtedness of any corporation existing at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
    liens on any property acquired, constructed or improved after the date of the applicable indenture that are created or assumed before or within 12 months after the acquisition, construction or improvement to secure or provide for the payment of all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement incurred after the date of the applicable indenture, or existing liens on property acquired after the date of the applicable indenture, so long as these liens do not apply to any Principal Property already owned by us or a Restricted Subsidiary other than any previously unimproved real property;
 
    liens on any Principal Property imposed to secure or provide for the payment of costs of exploration, drilling, development, operation, construction, alteration, repair, improvement or rehabilitation, if they are created or assumed before or within 12 months after completion of these activities;
 
    liens securing debt owed by a Restricted Subsidiary to us or to another Restricted Subsidiary;
 
    existing liens on any property, shares of stock or indebtedness acquired from a corporation merged with or into, or substantially all of the assets of which are acquired by us or a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
    certain deposits or pledges of assets;
 
    liens in favor of governmental bodies to secure partial, progress, advance or other payments under any contract or statute or to secure indebtedness incurred to finance all or any part of the purchase price or cost of constructing or improving the property subject to these liens, including liens to secure tax exempt pollution control revenue bonds;
 
    liens on property acquired by us or a Restricted Subsidiary through the exercise of rights arising out of defaults on receivables acquired in the ordinary course of business;
 
    certain other liens (including judgment liens in which the finality of the judgment is being contested in good faith) not related to the borrowing of money;
 
    liens for the sole purpose of extending, renewing or replacing debt secured by the permitted liens listed here, subject to certain limitations;
 
    liens for taxes or assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet due or delinquent, or which can be paid without penalty after they are due, or which are being contested in good faith; landlord’s liens on leased property; and other similar liens which do not, in our opinion, materially impair the use of that property in the operation of our business or the business of a Restricted Subsidiary or the value of that property for the purposes of that business;
 
    any sale of receivables that is reflected as secured indebtedness on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with international accounting standards;
 
    liens on margin stock owned by us and Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent this margin stock exceeds 25% of the fair market value of the sum of the Principal Property of ours and the Restricted Subsidiaries plus the shares of stock (including margin stock) and indebtedness incurred by the Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
    liens over assets for the purpose of securing financing for construction and development of a project such as a mining venture, which we usually call “project finance”;
 
    liens related to any margin or collateral delivered or provided in connection with metal transactions;
 
    any mineral right, royalty, production payment, interest in net proceeds or profits, right to take production in kind, easement, right of way, surface use right, water right or other interest kept by the seller in a property we acquire, and any sale by us to another person of a mineral right,

27


Table of Contents

      royalty, production payment, interest in net proceeds or profits, right to take production in kind, easement, right of way, surface use right, water right or other interest;
 
    any lien created to secure our portion of someone else’s expenses to develop or conduct operations with respect to mineral resources on a property in which we or one of our Restricted Subsidiaries has an interest; and
 
    any lien to secure the performance of our obligations to others who jointly hold an interest in property with us.

     In addition, the general lien restriction does not apply to debt secured by a lien, if the debt, together with all other debt secured by liens (not including permitted liens described above) and the Attributable Debt (generally defined as the discounted present value of net rental payments, but excluding payments on bona fide operating leases) associated with Sale and Lease-back Transactions entered into after our first issuance of debt securities under the relevant indenture (but not including “Sale and Lease-back Transactions” pursuant to which debt has been retired), does not exceed a certain percentage of the consolidated net tangible assets of us and our consolidated subsidiaries, as shown on the audited consolidated balance sheet prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards expressed in South African rands. The specific percentage will be determined at the time we issue any debt and will be described in a prospectus supplement.

     The term “Restricted Subsidiary” is defined in these indentures to mean any wholly-owned subsidiary of ours whose properties or business are substantially located in South Africa or the United States, and which also owns a Principal Property, unless the subsidiary is primarily engaged in the business of a finance company.

     The term “Principal Property” is defined in these indentures to mean any mine or mining-related facility located in South Africa or the United States, whose net book value exceeds a certain percentage of our consolidated net tangible assets, unless our board of directors thinks that the property is not of material importance to our overall business or that the portion of a property in question is not of material importance to the rest of it. The specific percentage will be determined at the time we issue any debt and will be described in a prospectus supplement.

     The term “Margin Stock” as used in these indentures is intended to mean such term as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the US Federal Reserve System.

Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions

     We covenant in the debt indenture and the guaranteed debt indenture that we will not, nor will we permit any Restricted Subsidiary, to enter into any arrangement with any party providing for the leasing to us or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Principal Property (except for temporary leases for a term, including renewals, of not more than three years) which has been or is to be sold by us or the Restricted Subsidiary to the party) (a “Sale and Lease-back Transaction”), unless:

    the Attributable Debt (generally defined as the discounted present value of net rental payments, but excluding payments on bona fide operating leases) of the Sale and Lease-back Transaction, together with the Attributable Debt of all other Sale and Lease-back Transactions entered into since we first issued debt securities under the indenture and the aggregate principal amount of our debt secured by liens (but excluding debt secured by authorized liens bulleted under “Limitation on Liens” above, and excluding Sale and Lease-back Transactions pursuant to which debt has been retired) would not exceed a certain percentage of our consolidated net tangible assets;
 
    we or the Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to incur debt secured by a lien on the Principal Property to be leased without securing the securities issued under the applicable indenture, as described in the bullet points under “Limitation on Liens” above;
 
    we apply an amount equal to the fair value of the Principal Property to the retirement of the securities, or to the retirement of long-term indebtedness of ours or a Restricted Subsidiary that is not subordinated to the debt securities issued; or
 
    we enter into a bona fide commitment to expend for the acquisition or improvement of a Principal Property an amount at least equal to the fair value of the Principal Property leased.

28


Table of Contents

Certain Considerations Relating to Foreign Currencies

     Debt securities denominated or payable in currencies other than US dollars may entail significant risks to US holders. These risks include the possibility of significant fluctuations in the currency markets, the imposition or modification of foreign exchange controls and potential illiquidity in the secondary market. These risks will vary depending upon the currency or currencies involved and will be more fully described in the applicable prospectus supplement.

DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS

     The following is a general description of the terms of the warrants we may issue from time to time. Particular terms of any warrants we offer will be described in the related prospectus supplement.

General

     We may issue warrants to purchase ordinary shares. Such warrants may be issued independently or together with any other securities and may be attached or separate from those securities. We will issue each series of warrants under a separate warrant agreement to be entered into between us and a warrant agent. The warrant agent will act solely as our agent and will not assume any obligation or relationship of agency for or with holders or beneficial owners of warrants.

     A prospectus supplement will describe the particular terms of any series of warrants we may issue, including the following:

    the title of the warrants;
 
    the aggregate number of the warrants;
 
    the price or prices at which the warrants will be issued;
 
    the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which the price of the warrants may be payable;
 
    the designation and terms of the securities purchasable upon exercise of the warrants and the number of the securities issuable upon exercise of the warrants;
 
    the price at which and the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which the securities purchasable upon exercise of the warrants may be purchased;
 
    the date on which the right to exercise the warrants shall commence and the date on which the right to exercise will expire;
 
    whether the warrants will be issued in registered form or bearer form;
 
    if applicable, the minimum or maximum amount of the warrants which may be exercised at any one time;
 
    if applicable, the designation and terms of the securities with which the warrants are issued and the number of the warrants issued with each security;
 
    if applicable, the date on and after which the warrants and the related securities will be separately transferable;
 
    information with respect to book-entry procedures, if any;
 
    if applicable, a discussion of certain US federal income tax considerations; and
 
    any other terms of the warrants, including terms, procedures and limitations relating to the exchange and exercise of the warrants.

Amendments and Supplements to Warrant Agreement

     We and the warrant agent may amend or supplement the warrant agreement for a series of warrants without the consent of the holders of the warrants issued thereunder to effect changes that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the warrants and that do not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the warrants.

29


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF RIGHTS TO PURCHASE ORDINARY SHARES

     We may issue subscription rights to purchase AngloGold ordinary shares. We may issue these rights independently or together with any other offered security. The rights may or may not be transferable in the hands of their holders.

     The applicable prospectus supplement will describe the specific terms of any subscription rights offering, including:

    the title of the subscription rights;
 
    the securities for which the subscription rights are exercisable;
 
    the exercise price for the subscription rights;
 
    the number of subscription rights issued;
 
    the extent to which the subscription rights are transferable;
 
    if applicable, a discussion of the material US federal or other income tax considerations applicable to the issuance or exercise of the subscription rights;
 
    any other terms of the subscription rights, including terms, procedures and limitations relating to the exchange and exercise of the subscription rights;
 
    if applicable, the record date to determine who is entitled to the subscription rights and the ex-rights date;
 
    the date on which the rights to exercise the subscription rights will commence, and the date on which the rights will expire;
 
    the extent to which the offering includes an over-subscription privilege with respect to unsubscribed securities; and
 
    if applicable, the material terms of any standby underwriting arrangement we enter into in connection with the offering.

     Each subscription right will entitle its holder to purchase for cash a number of AngloGold ordinary shares, ADSs or any combination thereof at an exercise price described in the prospectus supplement. Subscription rights may be exercised at any time up to the close of business on the expiration date set forth in the prospectus supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, all unexercised subscription rights will become void.

     Upon receipt of payment and the subscription form properly completed and executed at the subscription rights agent’s office or another office indicated in the prospectus supplement, we will, as soon as practicable, forward the AngloGold ordinary shares or ADSs purchasable with this exercise. Rights to purchase ordinary shares in the form of ADSs will be represented by certificates issued by the ADS depositary upon receipt of the rights to purchase ordinary shares registered hereby. The prospectus supplement may offer more details on how to exercise the subscription rights.

     We may determine to offer subscription rights to our members only or additionally to persons other than members as described in the applicable prospectus supplement. In the event subscription rights are offered to our members only and their rights remain unexercised, we may determine to offer the unsubscribed offered securities to persons other than members. In addition, we may enter into a standby underwriting arrangement with one or more underwriters under which the underwriter(s) will purchase any offered securities remaining unsubscribed for after the offering, as described in the applicable prospectus supplement.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     We may sell the offered securities:

    through agents;
 
    through dealers;
 
    to or through underwriters;
 
    directly to other purchasers; or
 
    by way of exercise of rights granted pro rata to our existing shareholders.

30


Table of Contents

     Any underwriters or agents will be identified and their compensation described in the applicable prospectus supplement.

     We (directly or through agents) may sell, and the underwriters may resell, the offered securities in one or more transactions, including negotiated transactions, at a fixed public offering price or prices, which may be changed, or at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. We may offer and sell a portion of the offered securities outside the United States at an offering price and on terms specified in the prospectus supplement relating to a particular issue of the offered securities.

     In connection with the sale of offered securities, the underwriters or agents may receive compensation from us or from purchasers of the offered securities for whom they may act as agents. The underwriters may sell offered securities to or through dealers, who may also receive compensation from the underwriters or from purchasers of the offered securities for whom they may act as agents. Compensation may be in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions. Underwriters, dealers and agents that participate in the distribution of the offered securities may be deemed to be underwriters as defined in the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any discounts or commissions received by them from us and any profit on the resale of the offered securities by them may be treated as underwriting discounts and commissions under the US Securities Act.

     We may enter into agreements that will entitle the underwriters, dealers and agents to indemnification by us against and contribution toward certain liabilities, including liabilities under the US Securities Act.

     Certain underwriters, dealers and agents and their associates may be customers of, engage in transactions with or perform services for us, including our subsidiaries, in the ordinary course of their business.

     If so indicated in the prospectus supplement relating to a particular issue of offered securities, we will authorize underwriters, dealers or agents to solicit offers by certain institutions to purchase the offered securities from us under delayed delivery contracts providing for payment and delivery at a future date. These contracts will be subject only to those conditions set forth in the prospectus supplement, and the prospectus supplement will set forth the commission payable for solicitation of these contracts.

LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters with respect to South African law will be passed upon for us by our South African counsel, Mervyn Taback Inc. Certain legal matters with respect to Luxembourg law will be passed upon for us by Elvinger, Hoss & Prussen. Certain legal matters with respect to United States and New York law will be passed upon for us by Shearman & Sterling, who may rely, without independent investigation, on Mervyn Taback Inc regarding certain South African legal matters and on Elvinger, Hoss & Prussen regarding certain Luxembourg matters. The underwriters’ own legal counsel will advise them about other issues relating to any offering.

EXPERTS

     The consolidated financial statements of AngloGold Limited, filed on Form 6-K on December 17, 2002, as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2001, have been audited by Ernst & Young, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon included therein and incorporated by reference elsewhere herein which, as to the years 2000 and 1999, are based in part on the report of Deloitte & Touche, independent auditors. Such consolidated financial statements are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firms as experts in accounting and auditing.

31


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 8. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

     Section 247 of the South African Companies Act 61 of 1973 as amended provides that a company may indemnify a director, officer or auditor in respect of any liability incurred by that person in defending any proceedings against them (in their capacity as director, officer or auditor of the company), whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in their favor or in which they are acquitted, or in the circumstance where the proceedings are abandoned. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such a person in the action, suit or proceedings.

     Section 248 of the South African Companies Act 61 of 1973 as amended allows the court to grant relief to any director, officer or auditor of a company if it appears to the court that the person concerned is or may be liable for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, but has acted honestly and reasonably, and that, in light of all the circumstances, including those connected with the appointment, that person ought fairly to be excused for the negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust. In this situation, the court may relieve the person, either wholly or partly, from his or her liability on such terms as the court may deem fit.

     Our articles of association provide that, subject to the provisions of the South African Companies Act 61 of 1973 as amended, we will indemnify our directors, managers, secretaries, and other officers or servants against all costs, losses and expenses they may incur or become liable to pay by reason of any contract entered into, or any act or omission done or omitted to be done by them in the discharge of their duties, including traveling expenses.

     We have purchased director’s and officer’s liability insurance.

Item 9. Exhibits

     Exhibits:

     
*1.1   Proposed form of underwriting agreement for debt securities.
     
*1.2   Proposed form of underwriting agreement for equity securities.
     
*1.4   Proposed form of distribution agreement.
     
3.1   Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association in effect as of December 10, 2002
     
4.1   Proposed form of debt indenture between AngloGold Limited and The Bank of New York, as trustee.
     
*4.2   Proposed form of senior fixed rate redeemable or non-redeemable note.
     
4.3   Proposed form of indenture for guaranteed debt securities among AngloGold International Holdings S.A., as issuer, AngloGold Limited, as guarantor, and The Bank of New York, as trustee.
     
*4.4   Proposed form of guaranteed fixed rate redeemable or non-redeemable note.
     
*4.5   Proposed form of ordinary shares warrant agreement.
     
*4.6   Proposed form of subscription agreement to exercise rights to purchase ordinary shares.
     
5.1   Opinion of Shearman & Sterling, US counsel.

32


Table of Contents

     
5.2   Opinion of Mervyn Taback Inc, South African counsel to AngloGold Limited.
     
23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young, independent accountants.
     
23.2   Consent of Deloitte & Touche, independent accountants.
     
23.3   Consent of Shearman & Sterling (included in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5).
     
23.4   Consent of Mervyn Taback Inc (included in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5).
     
24   Powers of Attorney of the registrants (included on the signature pages).
     
25.1   Statement of eligibility of The Bank of New York, as trustee, under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-1 relating to the AngloGold debt indenture.
     
25.2   Statement of eligibility of The Bank of New York, as trustee, under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-1 relating to the AngloGold International Holdings S.A. guaranteed debt indenture.


*   To be filed with a Form 6-K depending on the nature of the offering, if any, pursuant to this registration statement.

Item 10. Undertakings

(a)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)   To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
  (i)   to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the US Securities Act of 1933;
 
  (ii)   to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in the volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which is registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
 
  (iii)   to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement

    provided, however, that paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) do not apply if the registration statement is on Form S-3, Form S-8 or Form F-3, and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement.
 
(2)   That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(3)   To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
 
(4)   To file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by Item 8.A. of Form 20-F at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering. Financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933 need not be furnished, provided, that the registrant includes in the

33


Table of Contents

    prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph (a)(4) and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to registration statements on Form F-3, a post-effective amendment need not be filed to include financial statements and information required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933 or Rule 3-19 if such financial statements and information are contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the Form F-3.

(b)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual reports pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(c)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

34


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant, AngloGold Limited, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of South Africa, certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form F-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Johannesburg, South Africa on the 17th day of December 2002.

     
  AngloGold Limited
   
  By: /s/ Jonathan G Best

Name: Jonathan G Best
Title: Executive Director, Finance

POWER OF ATTORNEY

     Each of the undersigned do hereby constitute and appoint Jonathan G. Best, Yedwa Z. Simelane and Christopher R. Bull and each of them, individually, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities (including his capacity as a director and/or officer of the registrant), to sign any and all amendments and post-effective amendments and supplements to this registration statement, and including any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

         
Signature

  Title

 
 
/s/ Robert M Godsell

Robert M Godsell
  Chief Executive Officer
and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
   
 
         
 
/s/ Russell P Edey

Russell P Edey
  Chairman and Non-Executive Director    
 
         
 
/s/ Jonathan G Best

Jonathan G Best
  Director (Finance)
(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)
   
 
         
 
/s/ David L Hodgson

David L Hodgson
  Chief Operating Officer and Director    

35


Table of Contents

         
 
/s/ Kelvin H Williams

Kelvin H Williams
  Director (Marketing)    
 
/s/ Frank B Arisman

Frank B Arisman
  Director (Non-Executive)    
 
/s/ Elisabeth R Bradley

Elisabeth R Bradley
  Director (Non-Executive)    
 
/s/ Colin B Brayshaw

Colin B Brayshaw
  Director (Non-Executive)    
 
/s/ Dr Victor K Fung

Dr Victor K Fung
  Director (Non-Executive)    
 
/s/ Anthony W Lea

Anthony W Lea
  Director (Non-Executive)    
 
/s/ Thokoana J Motlatsi

Thokoana J Motlatsi
  Deputy Chairman and Director
(Non-Executive)
   
 
/s/ William A Nairn

William A Nairn
  Director (Non-Executive)    
 
/s/ Nicholas F Oppenheimer

Nicholas F Oppenheimer
  Director (Non-Executive)    
 
/s/ Julian Ogilvie Thompson

Julian Ogilvie Thompson
  Director (Non-Executive)    
 
/s/ Anthony J. Trahar

Anthony J Trahar
  Director (Non-Executive)    
 
/s/ Robert W Micsak

Robert W Micsak
  Authorized Representative
in the United States
   
 
/s/ David D Barber

David D Barber
  Alternate Director    
 
/s/ Arthur H Calver

Arthur H Calver
  Alternate Director    
 
/s/ Peter G Whitcutt

Peter G Whitcutt
  Alternate Director    

36


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant, AngloGold International Holdings S.A., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Luxembourg, certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form F-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Luxembourg on the 17th day of December 2002.

     
    AngloGold International
Holdings S.A.
     
    By: /s/ Marie JM Lagesse
   
    Name: Marie J M Lagesse
Title:   Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

     Each of the undersigned do hereby constitute and appoint Marie J.M. Lagesse and Russell P. Edey and each of them, individually, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities (including his capacity as a director and/or officer of the registrant), to sign any and all amendments and post-effective amendments and supplements to this registration statement, and including any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

       
Signature   Title  

 
 
       
/s/ Russell P Edey

Russell P Edey
  Chairman and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
       
 
/s/ Jonathan G Best

Jonathan G Best
  Director  
       
 
/s/ Marie J M Lagesse

Marie J M Lagesse
  Director
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer)
 
 
       
/s/ Robert W Micsak

Robert W Micsak
  Authorized Representative
in the United States
 

37 EX-3.1 3 u45563exv3w1.htm MEMO & ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION ANGLOGOLD LIMITED exv3w1

 

EXHIBIT 3.1

MEMORANDUM

and

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

of

ANGLOGOLD LIMITED

approved on 5 December 2002
and registered on 10 December 2002


 

 

 

Form CM 9

 

 

REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA
COMPANIES ACT, 1973

[Section 44(1)(b)]

     
    (STAMP)
Registration No. of Company
05/17354/06
 

CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE OF NAME
OF COMPANY

 
     
This is to certify that        Vaal Reefs Exploration and Mining Company Limited
   
 

     
has changed its name by SPECIAL RESOLUTION and   from 30 March 1998 is called
   
Anglogold Limited

and that the new name has this day been entered in the Register of Companies.

 

Signed and sealed at Pretoria, this 13th day of March

One thousand Nine hundred and Ninety Eight.

  (-s- DONSBURG)

Registrar of Companies

Seal of Comapies Registration Office.

 

 

 

This certificate is not valid unless sealed by the seal of the Companies Registration Office.

Form CMS — page 1

 


 

 2

(CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION)
FORM C. 14. No. U.C. 17354 COMPANIES REGISTRATION OFFICE 9-6-1944 PRETORIA Registrasiekantoor vir Maatskappya CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION under s. 84 of the Companies is entitled to commence business. I hereby certify that the Vaal Reef Exploration and Mining Company Limited which was incorporated of s. 84 2(b) of the said Act have been compiled with, is entitled to commence business. Given under my hand at PRETORIA this Ninth day of June, One Thousand Nine Hundred and Forty-four. C. E. MORRIS Registrar of Companies. Revenue Stamps value 7s. 6d. cancelled 372 Revenue, South Africa, 10-6-44.

 


 

 3

(CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION)
FORM C. 10. No. U.C. 17354. COMPANIES REGISTRATION OFFICE 29-5-1944 PRETORIA Registrasiekantoor vir Maatskappya CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT Vaal Reef Exploration and Mining Company Limited is this day incorporated under the Companies Act, 1926 (Act No. 46 of 1926), and that the Company is LIMITED. Given under my hand at PRETORIA this Twenty-ninth day of May, One Thousand Nine Hundred and Forty-four. C.E. Morris, Registrar of Companies. Revenue Stamps 7s. 6d. cancelled.

 


 

 4

Form CM 26

REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA
COMPANIES ACT, 1973

     
Special resolution
(Section 200)
(To be lodged in duplicates)
  (STAMP)
Registration No. of company
1944/017354/06
     
Name of company       ANGLOGOLD LIMITED
   
     

             
Date notice given to members   11 November 2002   Date resolution passed   5 December 2002
   
     
             
Special resolution passed in terms of section   55, 62, 75, 85   of the Act/*    
   
     
             

Copy of notice convening meeting attached.
Consent to waive period of notice of meeting (CM 25)/*not attached.
 

CONTENTS OF RESOLUTION (Use reverse side if necessary)
Resolved:

SEE ATTACHED

 

 

 

 

 

Rubber stamp of company, if any, or of secretaties.

             
Date   5 December 2002   Signature   (-s- J G BEST)
   
     
             
        Name (in block capitals)   J G BEST
           

*Delete whichever not applicable.

 

To be completed by company.
     
Herewith copy of special resolution as registered   (STAMP)
Registration No. of company
1944/017354/06
         
Name of company   ANGLOGOLD LIMITED    
   
   
         

   
         
Postal address   P.O. BOX 62117    
   
   
    MARSHHALLTOWN 2107    

   
Not valid unless stamped by Registrar of Companies.    

 


 

 5

(STAMP)

SPECIAL RESOLUTION NUMBER 1

“Resolved as a special resolution, that the Company’s existing Memorandum and Articles of Association be deleted in its entirety and the new Memorandum and Articles of Association, which has been tabled at the meeting at which this resolution will be proposed and signed by the chairman of the meeting for identification purposes, be adopted as the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association in place thereof.”

SPECIAL RESOLUTION NUMBER 2

“Resolved as a special resolution, that with effect from the close of business on Tuesday, 24 December 2002, the authorised ordinary share capital of the Company of R100,000,000 divided into 200,000,000 ordinary shares of 50 shares of 50 cents each be altered to R100,000,000 divided into 400,000,000 ordinary shares of 25 cents each, by sub-dividing each ordinary share of 50 cents into two ordinary shares of 25 cents each, and the issued ordinary share capital of the Company shall be similarly sub-divided.”

SPECIAL RESOLUTION NUMBER 3

For the purposes of tis Special Resolution Number 3:

     
“the odd-lot offer”   means the odd-lot offer to be made by the Company as comtemplated in the circular of which the notice of general meeting containing this special resolution forms part;
     
“cash alternative”   means the right of the odd-lot shareholders to sell odd-lot holdings at the offer price;
     
“offer price”   is R493.32 per ordinary share, being the volume weighted average traded price of the Company’s ordinary shares on the JSE Securities Exchange South Africa over the 10 trading days ended Tuesday, 29 October 2002;
     
“share purchase alternative”   means the right of the odd-lot shareholders to purcahase a sufficient number of additional shares at R468.65, being the offer price less a 5% discount, per ordinary share in order to increase thir odd-lot holdings to 50 shares;

“Resolved as a special resolution, that subject to the passing and registration of Special Resolution Number 1 proposed at the general meeting convened to consider this special resolution, to the extent that the aggregate of the shares sold under the cash alternative of the odd-lot offer or the deemed cash alternative of the odd-lot offer exceed the total number of shares required by those odd-lot holders electing the share purchase alternative or to the extent that the Company cannot utilise such shares to satisfy such requirements, such shares will be repurchased by the Company at the offer price and on the further terms and conditions as the directors of the Company may in their discretion determine.”

 


 

1

   
  This is the Memorandum of Association laid before the General Meeting of AngloGold Limited held on 5 December 2002 and adopted as the Memorandum of Association of the Company in substitution for its existing Memorandum of Association
 

Chairman of the Meeting

Form CM2

REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA
COMPANIES ACT 1973

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
of a Company having a share capital
[Section 54(1); Regulation 17(1)
and 17(2)1]

Registration No. of Company

1944/017354/06

Paste revenue receipt here or affix revenue stamps here or impress revenue franking machine impression here

1.   Name
 
(a)   The name of the Company is
 
    AngloGold Limited
 
(b)   The name of the Company in the other official language of the Republic is
 
    N/A
 
(c)   The shortened form of the name of the Company is
 
    N/A

Reproduced under Government Printer’s Copyright Authority 9836 dated 14 July 1994


 

2

REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA
COMPANIES ACT 1973

Form CM 2A

2.   Purpose describing the main business
 
    The main business which the Company is to carry on:
 
    “gold exploration, the mining and production of gold, the manufacturing, marketing and selling of gold products and the development of markets for gold”
 
3.   Main object
 
    The main object of the Company is:
 
    “To engage in all aspects of the business of gold exploration, the mining and production of gold, the manufacturing, marketing and selling of gold products and the development of markets for gold”
 
4.   Ancillary objects excluded
 
    The specific ancillary objects, if any, referred to in section 33(1) of the Act, which are excluded from the unlimited ancillary objects of the Company
 
    N/A
 
5.   Powers
 
(a)   The specific powers or part of any powers of the Company, if any, which are excluded from the plenary powers or the powers set out in Schedule 2 of the Act
 
    N/A
 
(b)   The specific powers or part of any specific powers of the Company set out in Schedule 2 to the Act, if any, which are qualified under section 34 of the Act
 
    N/A
 
6.   Conditions
 
    Any special conditions which apply to the Company and the requirements, if any, additional to those prescribed in the Act for their alteration
 
    N/A


 

3

REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA
COMPANIES ACT 1973

Form CM 2B

7.   Pre-incorporation contracts (if any)
 
    NIL
 
8.   Capital
 
(a)   Par value: The share capital of the Company is 101 050 000 rand, divided into:

  (i)   200 000 000 ordinary par value shares of 50 cents each; and
 
  (ii)   2 000 000 A redeemable preference par value shares of 50 cents each; and
 
  (iii)   5 000 000 B redeemable preference par value shares of 1 cent each.

(b)   No par value:

  (i)   The number of no par value ordinary shares is NIL;
 
  (ii)   the number of no par value preference shares is NIL; and
 
  (iii)   the number of redeemable no par value preference shares is NIL.


 

Page 1

FORM CM44A

REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA
COMPANIES ACT, 1973

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

of a Company having a share capital
not adopting Schedule 1
[Section 60(1); Regulation 18]

Registration No. of Company

1944/017354/06

Name of Company

AngloGold Limited

A.   The articles of Table A or Table B contained in Schedule 1 to the Companies Act, 1973, shall not apply to the Company.
 
B.   The articles of the Company are as follows:

Reproduced under Government Printer’s Copyright Authority 9836 dated 14 July 1994


 

Page 2

TABLES A AND B

1.   Neither the regulations of Table “A” nor of Table “B” contained in Schedule I to the Companies Act, 1973 or in any consolidation or re-enactment thereof shall apply to the Company.

INTERPRETATION

2.   The headnotes to these articles are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the interpretation or construction thereof. In the interpretation of these articles, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, the words standing in the first column of the following table shall bear the meanings set opposite to them respectively in the second column hereof:

     
WORDS   MEANINGS
     
Act   the Companies Act, 1973, as amended from time to time or any re-enactment thereof.
     
articles   these articles of association as now framed or as from time to time altered by special resolution.
     
CAS   Act the Custody and Administration of Securities Act, 1992, as amended from time to time.
     
certificate   a certificate evidencing title to securities.
     
certificated securities   securities evidenced by a certificate.
     
CSD   a central securities depository as defined in the CAS Act.


 

Page 3

     
directors   the directors for the time being of the Company and the alternate directors thereof or, as the case may be, the directors assembled as a board at which a quorum is present.
     
electronic mail   includes, but is not limited to, information generated, displayed, sent, received or stored by electronic means, including websites, electronic data exchange and electronic mail, as determined by the directors from time to time.
     
Gazette   the Government Gazette of South Africa.
     
in writing   written or produced by any substitute for writing or partly written and partly so produced and including printing, typewriting or lithography or any other mechanical process or partly one and partly another.
     
legal incapacity   death; insolvency; or judicial management or liquidation, or placing under curatorship by reason of insanity or prodigality; infancy or minority; or marriage of a female member subject to the marital power (whether in community of property or out of community of property); or any other event which satisfies the directors that a member is deprived of his legal capacity to act and that it is vested in some other person.
     
member   the registered holder of a share in the Company.
     
month   calendar month.


 

Page 4

     
notices   includes, but is not limited, to any one or more of the following- annual reports, circulars, dividend notices, interest notices, interim reports, listings particulars, proxy forms, quarterly reports and any such other information as the Company may wish to distribute to such persons as are entitled to receive same, in accordance with the provisions of these articles and/or the Act and/or the rules of any stock exchange upon which any shares of the Company are listed or quoted.
     
office   the registered office of the Company.
     
paid up   paid up or credited as paid up.
     
participant   a depository institution accepted by a CSD as a participant in terms of the CAS Act.
     
proxy   a person duly appointed in accordance with these articles to represent a member at any meeting or adjourned meeting.
     
proxy instrument   a written instrument appointing a proxy whether in terms of a form of proxy, power of attorney or other document, complying with article 69.
     
register   the register of members of the Company and any branch register kept by the Company pursuant to these articles.
     
secretary   the secretary of the Company for the time being or any person duly authorised thereto by the directors acting in the place of such secretary for the time being


 

Page 5

     
    or any person appointed by the directors to perform any of the duties of the secretary; or any person duly authorised to represent a body corporate or a partnership which is the secretary of the Company.
     
securities   shares, debentures and/or other securities of the Company.
     
South Africa   the Republic of South Africa as constituted from time to time.
     
Statutes   the Act and every Ordinance or Act from time to time in force concerning companies and affecting the Company.
     
sub-register   the record of uncertificated securities administered and maintained by a participant (which forms part of the register).
     
transfer office   the office and any office maintained for the purpose of receiving for registration transfers of shares, debentures or other securities of the Company.
     
transfer secretary   any person appointed by the directors to act for the time being in place of or in addition to the secretary for the purpose of registering transfers of shares, debentures or other securities of the Company, keeping registers and other records required by the Act to be kept at the office or the transfer office and issuing certificates of title to shares, debentures or other securities of the Company and any person appointed to be a secretary to any local committee under article 17 hereof; or any person duly authorised


 

Page 6

     
    to represent a body corporate which is the transfer secretary of the Company.
     
uncertificated securities   securities transferable without a written instrument and which are not evidenced by a certificate.
     
year   calendar year.

3.   Words importing the singular number only shall include the plural number and vice versa.
 
    Words importing the masculine gender only shall include the feminine gender.
 
    Words importing persons shall where the context so admits include firms and bodies corporate.
 
4.   The expression “share” shall where the context so admits include debentures, options and other securities.
 
    The expression “dividend” shall where the context so admits include bonus; but shall not, unless otherwise resolved by the Company in general meeting, include any amount capitalised under articles 126 and 127.
 
    The expression “meeting” shall include adjourned meeting.
 
    The expression “sign” or “signature” includes respectively lithography, printing and names impressed with a rubber or other kind of stamp or by any mechanical means.
 
    Reference to any provision of the Act shall be construed as a reference to such provision as modified or re-enacted by any Statute for the time being in force.
 
5.   Subject to articles 2, 3 and 4, any words or expressions defined in the Act, shall, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, bear the same meaning in these articles.


 

Page 7

SHARES

6.   Subject always to the provisions of Sections 221 and 222 of the Act, the listings requirements of any stock exchange on which the shares of the Company are listed or quoted and these articles, any shares for the time being unissued (whether forming part of the original or any increased capital) shall, subject as hereinafter provided, only be disposed of or dealt with in such manner as the Company in general meeting may have directed or may direct, but so that the Company in general meeting may resolve that all or any of such shares shall be at the disposal of the directors, who may in such event allot, grant options over, or otherwise deal with or dispose of them to such persons at such times, and generally on such terms and conditions, and for such consideration, whether payable in cash or otherwise, as they may think proper; but so that no shares shall be issued at a discount except in accordance with Section 81 of the Act.
 
7.   Without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of existing shares and subject to any provisions of these articles, any share in the Company may be issued with or have attached thereto such preferred, deferred or other special rights or such restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, return of share capital or otherwise, and (subject as provided by the Act) such limited or suspended rights to voting as the Company in general meeting may from time to time determine; provided that the Company may by resolution passed at a general meeting direct that shares shall be issued by the directors on such terms and conditions, and with such rights, privileges or restrictions attached thereto as the directors may determine.
 
8.   Subject to the provisions of Section 98 of the Act, the conditions of issue of any preference shares may, with the sanction of a special resolution, provide or may be varied so that they are, or at the option of the Company are to be liable, to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as the Company may by such or subsequent special resolution determine.


 

Page 8

9.   The Company may exercise the powers of paying commissions conferred by Section 80 of the Act; provided that the rate or amount of the commission paid or agreed to be paid and the number of shares which persons have agreed for a commission to subscribe absolutely or conditionally will be disclosed in the manner required by the said section, and that such commission shall not exceed 10% (ten per centum) of the price at which the shares in respect whereof the same is paid are issued. Such commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash. The Company may also on any issue of shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.
 
10.   No person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any security upon any trust, and no notice of any trust expressed or implied or constructive shall be entered in the register or be receivable by the Company, and the Company shall not, except as otherwise provided by these articles or by the Statutes or by any Order of a Court of competent jurisdiction, be bound by or compelled in any way to recognise any equitable, contingent, future, partial or representative interest in any security or any right in or in respect of any security, other than an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder and such other rights in case of transmission thereof as are hereinafter mentioned.

CERTIFICATES

11.   Certificates in respect of certificated securities shall be issued under the authority of the directors or of a local committee or board when authorised thereto by the directors, in such manner and form as the directors may from time to time prescribe, and shall (subject as hereinafter provided) bear the autographic signatures of two directors or of one director and one officer authorised thereto by the directors; or of two members of a local committee or board or of one member and the secretary of such local committee or board, provided that:
 
11.1   the directors may by resolution determine either generally or in any particular case or cases that the signatures of such directors or director and officer or members or member and secretary (or any of them) need not be autographic but may be in any other form;


 

Page 9

11.2   the directors and the Company shall comply with Sections 94 and 126 of the Act.
 
    For the purposes of this article only the expression “sign” or “signature” shall not include names impressed with a rubber or other kind of stamp.
 
12.   Every person whose name is entered as a member in the register shall be entitled, without payment, to receive within one month after allotment or twenty-one days after lodgement for transfer of one certificate for all his certificated securities of any one class, or several certificates each for one or more of his certificated securities of such class upon payment of such sum for every certificate after the first, as the directors shall from time to time determine. Every certificate of certificated securities shall specify the number of shares in respect of which it is issued and the amount paid up thereon at the date of issue. In the case of a member who has transferred a part of his holding of certificated securities of any class he shall be entitled to receive a certificate free of charge for the balance of his holding, provided that notwithstanding anything herein contained or implied to the contrary where certificated securities are registered in the names of two or more persons they shall be treated as one member for the purposes of this article.
 
13.   If a certificate be defaced, lost or destroyed, it may be replaced on payment of any stamp duty payable on the new certificate and on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and payment of the out-of-pocket expenses of the Company of investigating such evidence and, in the case of loss or destruction, of advertising the same, as the directors may think fit and, in the case of defacement, on delivery of the old certificate to the Company.
 
14.   The certificate for certificated securities registered in the names of two or more persons shall be delivered to the person first named in the register in respect thereof, or to his authorised agent, and in case of the legal incapacity of any one or more of the joint registered holders of any shares, the survivor then first named in the register shall be the only person recognised by the Company as being entitled to such certificate, or any new certificate which may be issued in place thereof, provided


 

Page 10

    always that the Company shall not be bound to register more than four persons as the holders of any certificated security.

REGISTER OF MEMBERS

15.   The directors shall cause to be kept a register of members at the place and in the manner specified in the Statutes and may cause to be kept a branch register or registers in any foreign country or countries and, subject to the provisions of the Statutes, make and vary such regulations as they may think fit respecting the keeping of any such branch registers.

TRANSFER OF SECURITIES

16.   The transfer books and register may upon notice being given by advertisement in the Gazette and a newspaper circulating in the district in which the office is situate, and in the case of any branch register in the manner required by the Statutes, be closed during such time as the directors may think fit, not exceeding in the whole sixty days in each year.
 
17.   Transfer offices shall be maintained at such place or places whether in South Africa or elsewhere, as the directors may from time to time prescribe. The directors may appoint local committees (to be designated “Registrars” or by such other title (if any) as the directors may think fit) whether in South Africa or elsewhere consisting of two or more individual persons or of a body corporate to whom the directors may delegate all or any of their powers, authorities and discretions with regard to the registration of transfers, the keeping of registers and other records required by the Act to be kept at the office or the transfer office and the issuing of certificates and may appoint a person to be a secretary to such local committee or authorise such local committee to appoint a person to be its secretary.
 
18.   Subject to the provisions of the law for the time being in force relating to stamp duty or duty upon the estates of deceased persons or to any other statutory restrictions on transfer and to the provisions of these articles any member may transfer all or any of


 

Page 11

    his certificated securities (to the extent that such member is not prevented from doing so in terms of Section 91A of the Act), but every transfer must be in writing in the usual common form or in such other form as the directors may approve and must be left at the transfer office where the register of transfers relating to the security comprised therein is for the time being kept or at such other place as the directors may prescribe and accompanied (unless the directors either generally or in any particular case otherwise resolve) by the certificate for the securities to be transferred and such other evidence (if any) as the directors or other person in charge of such register may require to prove the title or capacity of the intending transferor or transferee or the rights of the intending transferor to transfer the securities; provided that any transfer instruction given by telefax or electronic mail shall be regarded for this purpose as having been given in writing.
 
19.   The instrument of transfer of a certificated security shall be signed by the transferor and the transferee, unless the signature of the transferee is not required:
 
19.1   by any law from time to time in force in South Africa, or
 
19.2   where the directors decide at their discretion to dispense therewith in such case or cases as they may deem fit.
 
20.   The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the certificated securities transferred until the name of the transferee is entered in the register in respect thereof. All instruments of transfer in respect of certificated securities, when registered, shall either be retained by the Company or disposed of in such manner as the directors shall from time to time decide; but any instrument of transfer in respect of certificated securities, which the directors may decline to register shall (unless the directors resolve otherwise) be returned on demand to the person who delivered it.
 
21.   The directors may decline to register any transfer of certificated securities unless:
 
21.1   the instrument of transfer, duly stamped, is lodged with the Company, accompanied (unless the directors either generally or in any particular case


 

Page 12

    otherwise resolve) by the certificate for the securities to which it relates, and such other evidence as the Company may reasonably require to show the right or capacity of the transferor to make the transfer and of the transferee to accept it; and
 
21.2   the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of security; or
 
21.3   the transfer, if in respect of securities which are the subject of any of the Company’s incentive schemes, is permitted in terms of the incentive scheme concerned.
 
22.   If the directors refuse to register a transfer they shall within thirty days after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to the transferee notice of the refusal.
 
23.   All powers of attorney or other authorities granted by members for the purpose of transferring or accepting the transfer of certificated securities, which may be lodged, produced or exhibited with or to the Company at the transfer office where the register of transfers relating to such securities is kept, shall, as between the Company and the grantor of such powers or other authorities, be taken and deemed to continue and remain in full force and effect, and the Company may allow the same to be acted upon until such time as express notice in writing of the revocation (“the revocation notice”) of the same shall have been given and lodged at the place aforesaid. Even after the giving and lodging of such revocation notice, the Company shall be entitled to give effect to any instrument signed under the authority and certified by any officer of the Company as being in order before the giving and lodging of such notice. The Company shall not be bound to allow the exercise of any act or matter by an agent for a member or intending transferee of certificated securities unless a certified copy of such agent’s authority be produced and filed with the Company.


 

Page 13

24.   Nothing contained in these articles shall preclude the Company from recognising a renunciation of the allotment of any security by the allottee in favour of some other person.

TRANSMISSION OF CERTIFICATED SECURITIES

25.   Subject always to the law for the time being in force relating to stamp duty or duty upon the estates of deceased persons, the executors or administrators of a deceased member (not being one of several joint holders) shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to a certificated security registered in the name of such member, and in the case of the death of any one or more of the joint holders of any certificated security, the survivors or survivor, or the executor or administrator of the deceased, shall be the only person or persons recognised by the Company as having any title to or interest in such certificated security, but nothing herein shall release the estate of a deceased joint holder, from any liability in respect of any certificated security jointly held by him.
 
26.   Any person becoming entitled to a certificated security in consequence of the legal incapacity of a member, or by any lawful means otherwise than by transfer in accordance with these articles, upon producing such evidence as may sustain the character in respect of which he proposes to act under this article or of his title, as the directors may think sufficient, may, with the consent of the directors (which they shall not be under obligation to give) either be registered himself as a member in respect of such certificated securities or elect to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee thereof. If the person so becoming entitled shall elect to be registered himself he shall deliver or send to the Company a notice in writing signed by him stating that he so elects. If he shall elect to have his nominee registered he shall testify his election by executing to his nominee a transfer of such certificated security. All the limitations, restrictions and provisions of these articles relating to the right to transfer and the registration of certificated securities shall be applicable to any such notice of transfer or registration under this article as if the legal incapacity or other means had not occurred and the notice of transfer were a transfer executed by the member.


 

Page 14

27.   Save as otherwise provided by or in accordance with these articles, a person becoming entitled to a certificated security in consequence of the legal incapacity of a member or by any lawful means otherwise than by transfer in accordance with these articles shall (upon supplying to the Company such evidence as the directors may reasonably require to show this title to the securities concerned) be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the certificated securities except that he shall not be entitled in respect thereof to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company until he shall have been registered as a member in respect of such securities.

CONVERSION OF SHARES INTO STOCK

28.   The Company may from time to time by special resolution convert any paid-up shares into stock, and may reconvert any stock into paid-up shares of any denomination.
 
29.   The holders of stock may transfer their respective interests therein or any part of such interests, in such manner as the directors or the Company in general meeting shall direct, but in default of any such direction, then in the same manner and subject to the same regulations as and subject to which any paid-up shares may be transferred, or as near thereto as circumstances will permit; but the directors may from time to time, if they think fit, fix the minimum amount of stock transferable, which shall not exceed the nominal amount of the shares from which the stock arose, and direct that fractions of such minimum shall not be dealt with, but with power, nevertheless at their discretion to waive such rules in any particular case.
 
30.   The holders of stock shall according to the amount of the stock held by them have the same rights, privileges and advantages as regards participation in profits, voting at general meetings of the Company, and other matters, as if they held the shares from which the stock arose, but no such privilege or advantage (except participation in the profits and in assets on a reduction of capital or a winding up) shall be conferred by any amount of stock which would not, if existing in shares, have conferred such


 

Page 15

    privilege or advantage. No such conversion shall affect or prejudice any preference or other special privilege.
 
31.   All such of the provisions of these articles as are applicable to shares shall apply to stock.

INCREASE AND REDUCTION OF CAPITAL

32.   The Company may:
 
32.1   from time to time by special resolution increase its capital by such sum divided into shares of such amount, or may constitute shares of no par value or may increase the number of its shares of no par value to such number, as the special resolution shall prescribe.
 
32.2   increase its share capital constituted by shares of no par value by transferring reserves or profits to the stated capital, with or without a distribution of shares.
 
33.   Except so far as otherwise provided by the resolution creating it, by the conditions of issue, or by these articles, any capital raised by the creation of new shares shall be considered part of the present capital and shall be subject to the provisions herein contained with reference to transfer and transmission, and otherwise as if it had been part of the present capital.
 
34.   The Company may from time to time, subject to such requirements as may be imposed by the Act, the rules and requirements of any stock exchange on which the securities of the Company are or may be listed or quoted, by ordinary resolution, reduce, dispose of, distribute or otherwise deal with in any manner whatsoever, the Company’s share capital, share premium, stated capital, reserves and/or capital redemption reserve fund.


 

Page 16

CONSOLIDATION, SUBDIVISION, ACQUISITION OF OWN SECURITIES,
CONVERSION OF PREFERENCE SHARES, ALTERATION OF
MEMORANDUM

35.   The Company may from time to time by special resolution:
 
35.1   consolidate and divide all or any part of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares, or consolidate and reduce the number of the issued shares of no par value;
 
35.2   increase the number of its issued no par value shares without an increase of its stated capital;
 
35.3   cancel any shares which, at the time of passing of the resolution in respect thereof, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled;
 
35.4   subdivide its shares or any of them into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by or pursuant to its memorandum of association and so that the resolution whereby any share is subdivided, may determine that, as between the holders of the shares resulting from such subdivision one or more of the shares may have such preferred or other rights over, or may have such qualified or deferred rights, or be subject to any such restrictions as compared with the other or others as the Company has power to attach to unissued or to new shares;
 
35.5   vary, modify or amend any rights attached to any shares whether issued or not (including the conversion of any shares into preference shares) subject to any consent or sanction required from the holders of that and/or any other class of shares under article 39;
 
35.6   subject to the listings requirements of any stock exchange on which the securities of the Company are listed or quoted, approve the acquisition of


 

Page 17

    securities issued by the Company or, if the Company is a subsidiary, issued by its holding company, which approval may be a general approval subject to the provisions of the Statutes or a specific approval for a particular acquisition;
 
35.7   convert all its shares of one class having a par value into stated capital constituted by shares of no par value or such of its stated capital as is constituted by shares of no par value into share capital consisting of shares having a par value;
 
35.8   convert any of its shares, whether issued or not, into shares of another class;
 
35.9   alter the provisions of its memorandum of association with respect to the objects and powers of the Company.
 
36.   Anything done in pursuance of article 35 shall be done in a manner provided and subject to any conditions imposed by the Act, so far as they shall be applicable, and so far as they shall not be applicable, in accordance with the terms of the special resolution authorising the same and, so far as such special resolution shall not be applicable, in such manner as the directors deem most expedient. Whenever as the result of any consolidation or other transaction on the part of the Company, a fraction of a share is included in the holding of any member, the directors may in their discretion:
 
36.1   direct that such fraction may be sold by some person appointed by the directors for that purpose and the proceeds thereof paid to such member. When a fraction is sold as aforesaid the person so appointed to sell it shall be deemed to be authorised to make such sale the validity of which shall not be questioned;
 
36.2   make a cash payment in lieu of such fraction;
 
36.3   determine that such fraction may be disregarded in order to adjust the rights of all members;


 

Page 18

36.4   appoint a trustee or other person to deal with such fraction on behalf of the member concerned; or
 
36.5   round up each fractional entitlement of a member to the nearest whole share by capitalising any amount available for distribution to members notwithstanding that not all of the members may participate in such capitalisation.
 
37.   All unclaimed amounts due as a result of any acquisition of securities issued by the Company or, any consolidation or subdivision of capital or from any other cause (but excluding any unclaimed dividends) shall be held in trust by the Company until lawfully claimed by the member; provided that no such amount shall be lawfully claimable by the member unless claimed by no later than 3 years after it became due whereafter it shall be forfeited for the benefit of the Company.

ODD-LOT OFFERS

38.   If, upon the undertaking of any odd-lot offer made by the Company in accordance with the requirements of any stock exchange on which the securities of the Company are listed or quoted, there are members holding less than 100 (or such other number as the directors may determine) ordinary securities (“odd-lots”), then unless such members have either elected to retain their odd-lots, to sell their odd-lots or to increase their odd-lots to holdings of 100 (or such other number as the directors may determine) ordinary securities in accordance with the terms of the odd-lot offer made by the Company, such members shall be deemed to have agreed to sell their odd-lot holdings (whether to the Company by way of a repurchase or otherwise) and the Company shall cause the odd-lots of such members to be sold or repurchased on such basis as the directors may determine and the Company shall account to such members for the proceeds attributable to them.


 

Page 19

MODIFICATION OF RIGHTS

39.   If at any time the capital by reason of the issue of preference shares or otherwise is divided into different classes of shares, all or any of the rights, privileges or conditions attached to any class of shares may, subject to the provisions of the Statutes, be modified in any way or abrogated:
 
39.1   either with the consent in writing of the holders of at least three-fourths of the issued shares of that class; or
 
39.2   with the sanction of a resolution passed as if it were a special resolution of the Company at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. To every such separate general meeting all the provisions of these articles relating to general meetings of the Company shall mutatis mutandis apply except that the quorum shall be not less than two persons holding or representing by proxy not less than one-half of the issued shares of that class, but if at any adjourned meeting such quorum is not present the members present shall form a quorum;
 
    provided that this article 39 is not by implication to curtail the power of modification which the Company would have if this article were omitted.
 
40.   The creation or issue of additional preference shares ranking as to capital and dividend after the said preference shares and/or ordinary shares shall not be deemed to be a modification or variation of the rights of the holders of any preference shares in the Company.
 
41.   The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the conditions of issue of such shares, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.


 

Page 20

GENERAL MEETINGS

42.   The Company shall hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting as provided in Section 179 of the Act at such time and place as the directors may determine.
 
43.   The directors may, whenever they think fit, convene a general meeting and a general meeting shall also be convened on requisition as provided in Section 181 of the Act.
 
44.   Save for any general meeting convened by requisitionists as provided by Section 181 of the Act, all general meetings, all adjourned general meetings and all separate meetings of the holders of any class of shares shall be held at such time and place as the directors shall determine.
 
45.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these articles and subject to the provisions of the Statutes, the directors may by notice to members postpone, cancel or change the place for holding a general meeting of which notice has been given, but:
 
45.1   a meeting which is not convened by the directors; or
 
45.2   a meeting which is convened on the requisition of members may not be postponed or cancelled without the prior written consent of person or persons who convened or requisitioned the meeting.

NOTICES OF GENERAL MEETINGS

46.   Twenty-one days’ notice at least shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned to such persons as are, in accordance with the provisions of these articles entitled to receive such notices from the Company of any annual general meeting or a meeting called for the passing of a special resolution and fourteen days’ notice at least shall be so given of any other general meeting. The notice shall be exclusive of the day on which it is served or deemed to be served and of the day for which it is given, and


 

Page 21

    shall specify the place, day and time of the meeting and in the case of special business the general nature of such business. Whenever notice of a meeting is given pursuant to this article the Company shall at the same time as such notice is given forward a copy thereof to the auditors of the Company and to the appropriate officer of any stock exchange upon which any shares of the Company are listed or quoted.
 
47.   The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting or in cases where instruments of proxy are sent out with the notice, the accidental omission to send such instrument of proxy to, or the non-receipt or delay in receipt of notice of a meeting or such instrument of proxy by any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting. Furthermore, a member who is present at a general meeting whether in person or by proxy, shall be deemed to have waived any objection which such member may have to the failure to give notice or proper notice of the meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

48.   All business shall be deemed special that is transacted at a general meeting other than an annual general meeting, and also all business that is transacted at an annual general meeting, with the exception of sanctioning or declaring a dividend, the consideration of the annual financial statements, the election of directors, the appointment of the Company’s independent external auditors, the placing under control of the directors, as a general authority, of the unissued securities and the authorising of the directors to issue the unissued securities for cash and such other business which might through usual commercial practices be regarded as ordinary business.
 
49.   Subject to the provisions of the Statutes:
 
49.1   no business may be transacted at a general meeting unless the general nature of the business is stated in the notice convening the meeting; and
 
49.2   except with the approval of the directors or the chairman of the meeting, no person may move any amendment to a proposed resolution, the terms of


 

Page 22

    which are set out in the notice convening the meeting or to a document which relates to such a resolution and a copy of which has been made available to members for inspection.
 
50.   Subject to the provisions of Section 199 of the Act in regard to the quorum for passing special resolutions, a quorum for a general meeting shall be three members entitled to vote, personally present, or if a member is a body corporate, represented, provided that if the Company is a subsidiary company there shall be no quorum unless one of those present or represented is a representative of the Company’s holding company.
 
51.   No business shall be transacted by any general meeting unless the requisite quorum be present when the meeting proceeds to business. A body corporate, being a member of the Company, and present by a representative duly appointed in accordance with Section 188 of the Act, shall be deemed to be a member personally present for the purposes of these articles.
 
52.   If within ten minutes from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of members, shall be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week (or if that be a public holiday to the next succeeding day other than a public holiday, a Saturday or a Sunday) at the same time and place or to such other day and at such other time or place as the chairman of the meeting shall appoint. If at such adjourned meeting a quorum as defined is not present within ten minutes from the time appointed for holding the meeting, those members who are present in person and are entitled to vote shall be a quorum and may transact the business for which the meeting was called.
 
53.   The chairman (if any) of the directors or, in his absence, the deputy chairman (if any) shall preside as chairman at every general meeting of the Company. If there be no such chairman or deputy chairman, or if at any meeting neither the chairman nor the deputy chairman is present within ten minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, or if neither of them be willing to act as chairman, the directors present


 

Page 23

    shall choose one of their number to act, or if one director only be present he shall preside as chairman if willing to act. If no director be present, or if all the directors present decline to take the chair, the members present shall elect one of their number to be chairman.
 
54.   The chairman may (and shall if so directed by the meeting) adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting except business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. Save as provided by Section 192 of the Act, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at any adjourned meeting.
 
55.   If the chairman considers that there is not enough room for the members who wish to attend the meeting, he or she may arrange for any person whom he or she considers cannot be seated in the main meeting room to observe or attend the meeting in a separate room. Even if the members present in the separate room are not able to participate in the conduct of the meeting, the meeting will nevertheless be treated as validly held in the main room. If a separate meeting place is linked to the main place of a general meeting by an instantaneous audio-visual communication device which, by itself or in conjunction with other arrangements:
 
55.1   gives the general body of members in the separate meeting place a reasonable opportunity to participate in proceedings in the main place;
 
55.2   enables the chairman to be aware of proceedings in the other place; and
 
55.3   enables the members in the separate meeting place to vote on a show of hands or on a poll, a member present at the separate meeting place is taken to be present at the general meeting and entitled to exercise all rights as if he or she was present at the main place.
 


 

Page 24

56.   At a general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided by a show of hands unless a poll is (whether before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands, or otherwise) demanded by the chairman of the meeting or as provided in Section 198(1)(b) of the Act. Unless a poll be so demanded and the demand be not withdrawn a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a resolution has on a show of hands been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or not carried by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in the book containing the minutes of the proceedings of the Company shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against such resolution.
 
57.   The result of a poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.
 
58.   In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded, shall be entitled to a second or casting vote in addition to the vote or votes to which the chairman may be entitled as a member.
 
59.   No poll may be demanded on the election of the chairman of the meeting or on any question of adjournment. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time and place and in such manner as the chairman of the meeting directs, and any business, other than upon which a poll has been demanded, may be proceeded with pending the taking of the poll.
 
60.   The chairman of a meeting may appoint any one or more firms or persons to act as scrutineer for the purpose of checking forms of proxy deposited for use and for counting the votes at such meeting and he may thereafter act on a certificate given by any such scrutineer without requiring production at the meeting of the forms of proxy or the chairman counting the votes.
 
61.   If any votes shall be counted which ought not to have been counted or might have been rejected or if any votes shall not be counted which ought to have been counted


 

Page 25

    the error shall not vitiate the resolution unless it be pointed out at the meeting and not in that case unless it shall, in the opinion of the chairman of the meeting, be of sufficient magnitude to vitiate the resolution. No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered, and every vote not disallowed at such meeting or adjourned meeting shall be valid for all purposes. Any such objection made in due time shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting, whose decision shall be final and conclusive.
 
62.   Any minutes of resolutions and proceedings at general meetings made in one of the minute books of the Company, if signed by any person purporting to be the chairman of the meeting to which it relates, or by any person present thereat and appointed by the directors to sign the same in his place, or by the chairman of a subsequent meeting of the directors, shall be receivable as evidence of the facts therein stated.

VOTES OF MEMBERS

63.   Subject to the provisions of Section 195 of the Act and of these articles and to any special terms as to voting upon which any share may be issued or may for the time being be held:
 
63.1   on a show of hands, every member present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall have only one vote irrespective of the number of shares he holds or represents; and
 
63.2   upon a poll, every member present in person or by proxy and entitled to that proportion of the total votes in the Company which the aggregate amount of the nominal value of the shares held by him bears to the aggregate amount of the nominal value of all the shares issued by the Company at the relevant time.
 
64.   Any body corporate holding shares conferring the right to vote may, by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as


 

Page 26

    its representative at one or more general meetings of the Company or at one or more meetings of holders of any class of shares of the Company, as provided by Section 188 of the Act and such representative shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the body corporate which he represents as that body corporate could exercise if it were an individual member of the Company. The directors may but shall not be obliged to require proof to their satisfaction of the appointment or authority of such representative to act.
 
65.   In the case of joint holders of a share the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the register or in the case of persons entitled to a share by transmission the order in which their names were given in the notice to the Company of the fact of the transmission.

PROXIES AND VOTING UNDER POWER OF ATTORNEY

66.   A member may attend, speak and vote at general meetings in person or by duly appointed proxy and may appoint more than one proxy to attend on the same occasion.
 
67.   A proxy:
 
67.1   need not be a member; and
 
67.2   shall be entitled to vote on a poll only.
 
68.   A proxy shall only be duly appointed if appointed as such by a proxy instrument.
 
69.   A proxy instrument shall comply with the provisions of the Act and, subject thereto:
 
69.1   need not, except if so required in terms of articles 69.2 or 69.4, bear a handwritten signature of the member appointing the proxy;


 

Page 27

69.2   shall be in such form as is approved or accepted by the directors;
 
69.3   may be an instrument created by electronic or other means including, without limitation, electronic mail or facsimile;
 
69.4   shall be accompanied by such documentary or other evidence as may be required by the directors in order to establish the validity and/or authenticity thereof, including the authority of the person appointing the proxy;
 
69.5   may, if the directors deem fit, be sent out with the notice of any meeting for use at such meeting;
 
69.6   shall be received at the office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, not less than forty-eight hours before the time appointed for the holding of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in such proxy instrument proposes to vote, or in the case of a poll taken subsequently to the date of a meeting or adjourned meeting, not less than forty-eight hours (or such shorter period as the directors may from time to time determine) before the time appointed for the taking of the poll failing which the proxy instrument shall not be treated as valid; provided that if the member is registered at a branch register kept at any branch or other office outside South Africa, any proxy instrument executed by such member may be received at the office at which he is registered. In determining the said period of forty-eight hours (or such shorter period as the directors may from time to time determine), Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays shall not be taken into account;
 
69.7   other than a power of attorney, shall not be valid after the expiry of a period of six months from the date of submission of such proxy instrument, except at an adjourned meeting or at a poll demanded at a meeting originally held within six months from the date of such proxy instrument;


 

Page 28

69.8   shall be valid at every resumption of an adjourned meeting to which it relates unless the contrary is stated thereon;
 
69.9   shall not be used at the resumption of an adjourned meeting if it could not have been used at the general meeting from which it was adjourned for any reason other than it was not lodged timeously for the meeting from which the adjournment took place;
 
69.10   may confer the power of delegation and sub-delegation on any proxy appointed in terms thereof so that any proxy so appointed may appoint any other person as proxy in his stead;
 
69.11   a proxy form submitted electronically (or by such other electronic means as the directors may determine from time to time) shall be submitted to the electronic mail address as notified by the Company from time to time.
 
70.   If a branch register within the meaning of the Statutes is kept at a branch or other office of the Company outside South Africa, it shall not be necessary for any proxy instruments appointing proxies, and the powers of attorney or other authorities (if any) under which they are signed, relating to members registered on such branch register to be received at the office or such other place designated in the notice convening the meeting before the time appointed for the meeting; provided that:
 
70.1   the members appointing proxies shall lodge proxy instruments in accordance with the requirements of article 69; and
 
70.2   the transfer secretary of the Company in that place shall communicate to the Company in South Africa by such means as the directors, or any other authorised person, may from time to time direct, a summary of all the votes for and against each resolution represented by valid proxy instruments duly accepted by them, and so that such communication shall be received by the Company before the time appointed for the meeting to commence.


 

Page 29

71.   A vote cast or act done in accordance with the terms of a proxy instrument shall be valid notwithstanding the previous legal incapacity of the principal or revocation of the proxy instrument or the transfer of the share in respect of which the vote is given, unless an intimation in writing of such legal incapacity or transfer shall have been received by the Company not less than forty-eight hours (or such shorter period as the directors may from time to time determine) before commencement of the meeting or the taking of the poll at which the proxy instrument is used.

DIRECTORS

72.   Until otherwise from time to time determined by the Company in general meeting, the number of directors shall be not less than four.
 
73.   The directors shall be entitled to such remuneration as a director as the Company by ordinary resolution in general meeting may from time to time determine.
 
74.   Any director who serves on any executive or other committee or who devotes special attention to the business of the Company or who goes or resides outside South Africa for any purposes of the Company, or who otherwise performs services which, in the opinion of the directors, are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a director, may be paid such extra remuneration, in addition to the remuneration to which he may be entitled as a director, as the directors may determine. The directors shall also be paid all their travelling and other expenses properly and necessarily expended by them in and about the business of the Company and in attending meetings of the directors or of committees of the directors or of the Company.
 
75.   Without prejudice to the provisions for retirement by rotation or otherwise hereinafter contained, the office of a director shall be vacated in any of the events following, namely:
 
75.1   if he becomes insolvent or assigns his estate for the benefit of his creditors, suspends payments generally, or enters into a compromise with his creditors, or files an application for the surrender of his estate;


 

Page 30

75.2   if he is found or becomes of unsound mind;
 
75.3   if he is requested in writing to resign by not less than three-quarters of the directors;
 
75.4   if he be removed by a resolution of the Company pursuant to Section 220 of the Act;
 
75.5   if he shall pursuant to the provisions of the Statutes or by reason of any order made thereunder be prohibited from acting as a director;
 
75.6   one month, or, with the permission of the directors, earlier, after he has given notice in writing to the Company of his intention to resign his office;
 
75.7   if he is absent from meetings of the directors for six consecutive months without leave of the directors, otherwise than on the business of the Company, and is not represented at any such meetings during such six consecutive months by an alternate director, and the directors resolve that his office be, by reason of such absence, vacated; provided that the directors shall have power to grant to any director not resident in South Africa leave of absence for any or an indefinite period.
 
76.   A director may hold any other office or position under the Company (except that of external auditor) in conjunction with his office of director for such period and on such remuneration terms (in addition to the remuneration to which he may be entitled as a director) and otherwise as a disinterested quorum of the directors may determine.
 
77.   A director may be or become a director or other officer of, or otherwise interested in, any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as shareholder or otherwise and (except insofar as otherwise decided by the directors), he shall not be accountable for any remuneration or other benefits


 

Page 31

    received by him as a director or officer of or from his interest in such other company.
 
78.   Any director may act by himself or through his firm in a professional capacity for the Company (otherwise than as the Company’s external auditor) and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a director.
 
79.   A director who is in any way whether directly or indirectly interested in a contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company or its subsidiary, shall declare the nature of his interest to the Company, mutatis mutandis, in accordance with Sections 234, 235, 237 and 238 of the Act.
 
80.   Subject to article 81 no director or intending director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company either with regard to his tenure of any other office or position under the Company or in any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company is interested or in respect of professional services rendered or to be rendered by such director or as vendor, purchaser or in any other manner whatever, nor shall any such contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any director is in any way interested be liable to be avoided, nor shall any director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by any such appointment, contract or arrangement by reason of such director holding the office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established.
 
81.   A director shall not vote nor be counted in the quorum and if he shall do so his vote shall not be counted on any resolution for his own appointment to any other office or position under the Company or in respect of any contract or arrangement in which he is interested, but this prohibition shall not apply to:
 
81.1   any arrangement for giving to any director any security of indemnity in respect of money lent by him to, or obligations undertaken by him for the benefit of, the Company; or


 

Page 32

81.2   any arrangement for the giving by the Company of any security to a third party in respect of a debt or obligation of the Company which the director has himself guaranteed or secured; or
 
81.3   any contract by a director to subscribe for or underwrite securities; or
 
81.4   any contract or arrangement with a company in which he is interested by reason only of being a director, officer, creditor or member of such company;
 
    and these prohibitions may at any time be suspended or relaxed to any extent either generally, or in respect of any particular contract or arrangement, by the Company in general meeting.
 
82.   Where proposals are under consideration concerning the appointment (including fixing or varying the terms of appointment) of two or more directors to offices or employments with the Company or any company in which the Company is interested, such proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each director separately and in such cases each of the directors concerned shall be entitled to vote (and be counted in the quorum) in respect of each resolution except that concerning his own appointment.
 
83.   If any question shall arise at any meeting as to the entitlement of any directors to vote and such question is not resolved by his voluntarily agreeing to abstain from voting, such question shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting and his ruling in relation to any other director shall be final and conclusive except in a case where the nature or extent of the interests of the director concerned have not been fairly disclosed.
 
84.   The directors may exercise the voting powers conferred by the shares in any other company held or owned by the Company in such manner and in all respects as they think fit, including the exercise thereof in favour of any resolution appointing themselves or any of them to be directors or officers of such other company or


 

Page 33

    voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to the directors or officers of such other company.

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

85.   Each director may appoint either another director or any person approved for that purpose by a resolution of the directors to act as alternate director in his place and during his absence and may at his discretion remove such alternate director. A person so appointed shall, except as regards power to appoint an alternate, and remuneration, be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions existing with reference to the other directors of the Company, and each alternate director, whilst so acting, shall be entitled to receive notices of all meetings of the directors or of any committee of the directors of which his appointor is a member, and to attend and vote at any such meeting at which his appointor is a member, and to attend and vote at any such meeting at which his appointor is not personally present and he shall generally be entitled to exercise and discharge all the functions, powers and duties of his appointor in such appointor’s absence as if he were a director. Any director acting as alternate shall (in addition to his own vote) have a vote for each director for whom he acts as alternate. An alternate director shall ipso facto cease to be an alternate director if his appointor ceases for any reason to be a director; provided that if any director retires by rotation or otherwise but is re-elected at the same meeting, any appointment made by him pursuant to this article which was in force immediately before his retirement shall remain in force as though he had not retired. Any appointment or removal of an alternate director shall be effected by instrument in writing delivered at the office and signed by the appointor. The remuneration of an alternate director shall be payable only out of the remuneration payable to the director appointing him and he shall have no claim against the Company for his remuneration.

RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS IN ROTATION

86.   Subject to article 102 at every annual general meeting one-third of the directors for the time being or if their number is not a multiple of three, then the number nearest


 

Page 34

    to but not less than one-third shall retire from office. The directors so to retire at every annual general meeting shall be those who have been longest in office since their last election, but as between persons who become or were last elected directors on the same day, those to retire shall (unless they otherwise agree among themselves) be determined by lot; provided that notwithstanding anything herein contained:
 
86.1   if at the date of any annual general meeting any director shall have held office for a period of three years since his last election or appointment, he shall retire at such meeting either as one of the directors to retire in pursuance of the foregoing or additionally thereto;
 
86.2   a director who intends to retire voluntarily at the meeting may be taken into account in determining the one-third of the directors to retire at such meeting; and
 
86.3   the identity of the directors to retire at such annual general meeting shall be determined as at the date of the notice convening such meeting.
 
    The length of time a director has been in office shall be computed from his last election, appointment or date upon which he was deemed re-elected. A director retiring at a meeting shall retain office until the close of the meeting or in the case of any adjournments thereof, at the close of such adjourned meeting.
 
87.   Retiring directors shall be eligible for re-election but no person, other than a director retiring at the meeting, shall, unless recommended by the directors, be eligible for election to the office of a director at any general meeting unless not more than thirty days but not less than twenty-one days before the day appointed for the meeting, there shall have been left at the office, a notice in writing by some member duly qualified to be present and vote at the meeting for which such notice is given, of his intention to propose such person for election and also notice in writing signed by the person to be proposed of his willingness to be elected.


 

Page 35

88.   Subject to article 87, the Company at the meeting at which a director retires in manner aforesaid, may fill the vacated office by electing a person thereto.
 
89.   The Company may in general meeting (but subject to the provisions of article 88) elect any person to be a director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an additional director, but so that the total number of directors shall not exceed at any time the maximum number (if any) fixed in accordance with these articles.
 
90.   The validity of the appointment of any director shall not be affected by a failure to comply with Section 211(3) of the Act.

POWERS OF DIRECTORS

91.   The directors on behalf of the Company may pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement or other benefit to any director or ex-director or other officer or employee of the Company, its holding company (if any) or any subsidiary of the Company whether or not he has held any other salaried office or position with the Company or to his widow or dependants and make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance or life assurance or other benefits.
 
92.   Without prejudice to the powers of the Company in general meeting in pursuance of any of the provisions of these articles to appoint any person to be a director, the directors shall have power at any time and from time to time to appoint any person to be a director, either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing board, but so that the total number of directors shall not at any time exceed the maximum number (if any) fixed in accordance with these articles. Any director so appointed shall hold office only until the next following annual general meeting and shall then be eligible for re-election but shall not be taken into account in determining the directors who are to retire by rotation at such meeting.
 
93.   The directors may take all steps that may be necessary or expedient in order to enable the securities of the Company to be introduced into and dealt with in any country or


 

Page 36

    state and to procure the same to be recognised by and listed or quoted upon any stock exchange in any country or state and may accept responsibility for and pay and discharge all taxes, duties, fees, expenses or other sums which may be payable in relation to any of the matters aforesaid and may subscribe to and comply with the laws and regulations of any such country or state and the rules or regulations of any such stock exchange.
 
94.   Any branch or kind of business which the Company is either expressly or by implication authorised to undertake may be undertaken by the directors at such time or times as they shall think fit, and further may be discontinued or suspended by the directors, whether such branch or kind of business may have been actually commenced or not, so long as the directors may deem it expedient not to commence or proceed with the same.
 
95.   The management and control of any business of the Company shall be vested in the directors who in addition to the powers and authorities by these articles expressly conferred upon them, may exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Company, and are not hereby or by the Statutes expressly directed or required to be exercised or done by the Company in general meeting, but subject nevertheless to such management and control not being inconsistent with these articles nor with any resolution passed by the Company in general meeting; but so that no such resolution shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such resolution had not been passed. The general powers given by this article shall not be limited or restricted by any special authority or power given to the directors by any other article.
 
96.   The directors may arrange that any branch of the business carried on by the Company or any other business in which the Company may be interested, shall be carried on by or through one or more subsidiaries of the Company and they may on behalf of the Company make such arrangements as they think advisable for taking the profits or bearing the losses of any branch or business so carried on, or for financing, assisting or subsidising any such subsidiary or guaranteeing its contracts, obligations or liabilities.


 

Page 37

BORROWING POWERS

97.   The Company may create and issue secured or unsecured debentures and subject to any regulations from time to time made by the Company in general meeting, the directors may borrow from time to time for the purposes of the Company or secure the payment of such sums as they think fit and may secure the repayment or payment of any such sums by bond, mortgage or charge upon all or any of the property or assets of the Company or by the issue of debentures or otherwise as they may think fit, and may make such regulations regarding the transfer of debentures, the issuing of certificates therefor (subject always to article 11 hereof) and all such other matters incidental to debentures as they may think fit; provided that no special privileges as to allotment of shares in the Company, attending and voting at general meetings, appointment of directors or otherwise, shall be given to the holders of debentures of the Company save with the sanction of the Company in general meeting.

LOCAL OR DIVISIONAL BOARDS, AGENTS AND COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

98.   The directors may establish any local or divisional boards or agencies in South Africa or elsewhere for managing any of the affairs of the Company and may appoint any persons to be members of such local or divisional boards, or any managers or agents and may fix their remuneration, and may delegate to any local or divisional board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in the directors with power to sub-delegate, and may authorise the members of any local or divisional board or any of them to fill any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies, and any such appointment or delegation may be made upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the directors may think fit, and the directors may remove any person so appointed and may annul or vary any such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such annulment or variation shall be affected thereby.
 
99.   The directors may by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person or any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the


 

Page 38

    directors, to be the attorney or agent of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the directors under these articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the directors may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him or them.
 
100.   The directors may delegate any of their powers to an executive or other committee whether consisting of a member or members of their body or not as they think fit. Any committee so formed shall, in the exercise of the powers so delegated, conform to any regulations that may from time to time be imposed on it by the directors and any such regulations may authorise the appointment of sub-committees.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

101.   The directors may from time to time appoint one or more of their body to be managing director, deputy managing director, chief executive officer, deputy chief executive officer, general manager or executive director (with or without specific designation) of the Company or to other executive office with the Company as the directors shall think fit, and may from time to time remove or dismiss him or them from office and appoint another or others in his or their place or places.
 
102.   Subject to any provisions either in these articles or in the contract under which he is appointed any director appointed to any position or executive office pursuant to article 101 shall not, (while he continues to hold that position or office under a contract for a term of years), be subject to retirement by rotation during the currency of such contract and he shall not, in such case, be taken into account in determining the rotation of retirement of directors but, subject to any provisions in such contract, he shall be subject to the same removal terms as the other directors of the Company and, if he ceases to hold office as director, his appointment to such position or executive office shall ipso facto and immediately be terminated but without prejudice


 

Page 39

    to any claims or damages which may accrue under any such contract in respect of such termination; provided that the directors shall not appoint any director to any position or executive office under a contract as aforesaid which provides for him to be so exempted, if at the time of such appointment under such contract the effect of such exemption would be to cause one-half or more of the directors to be exempt from retirement by rotation.
 
103.   The directors may from time to time entrust to and confer upon a director appointed to any position or executive office under article 101 such of the powers exercisable under these articles by the directors as they think fit, and may confer such powers for such time, and to be exercised for such objects and purposes and upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions, as they think expedient, and they may confer such powers either collaterally with or to the exclusion of and in substitution for all or any of the powers of the directors in that regard, and may from time to time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of such powers.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS AND COMMITTEES

104.   The directors may meet for the dispatch of business, adjourn, and otherwise regulate their meetings as they think fit, and may determine the quorum necessary for the transaction of business. Until otherwise determined by the directors, two directors shall form a quorum. A director may at any time, and the secretary upon the request of a director, shall at any time convene a meeting of the directors.
 
105.   The continuing directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if and so long as their number be reduced below the minimum number fixed by or in accordance with these articles, they may act only for the purpose of filling up vacancies in their body or of summoning general meetings of the Company but not for any other purpose, and may act for either of the purposes aforesaid whether or not their number be reduced below the minimum number fixed by or in accordance with these articles as a quorum.


 

Page 40

106.   The directors may elect a chairman and a deputy chairman (to act in the absence of the chairman) of their meetings and determine the period for which they are to hold office, but if no such chairman or deputy chairman is elected or if at any meeting the chairman or deputy chairman be not present within ten minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the directors present shall choose one of their number present to be chairman at such meeting.
 
107.   Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes, and in case of an equality of votes the chairman shall have a second or casting vote; provided that should the quorum be two and should only two directors be present at the meeting, the chairman shall not have a second or casting vote.
 
108.   A meeting of the directors at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions by or under these articles for the time being vested in or exercisable by the directors generally.
 
109.   A resolution in writing signed by not less than three-quarters of the total number of directors entitled to vote thereon (which resolution may be signed under facsimile transmission or some other form of electronic means and which may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more directors), shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the directors duly called and constituted; provided that where a director is not so present, but has an alternate who is so present, then such resolution must also be signed by such alternate. All such resolutions shall be described as “directors’ resolutions” and shall be forwarded or otherwise delivered to the secretary without delay, and shall be recorded by him in the Company’s minute book and noted at the meeting of the directors next following the receipt thereof by him.
 
110.   The meetings and proceedings of any committee consisting of two or more members, shall be governed by the provisions herein contained for regulating the meetings and proceedings of directors so far as the same are applicable thereto and are not superseded by any regulations made or imposed by the directors.


 

Page 41

111.   All acts done by the directors or by a committee of directors or by any person acting as a director or a member of a committee, shall, notwithstanding that it shall afterwards be discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of the directors or persons acting aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified from or had vacated office, shall be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a director or member of such committee.
 
112.   Directors’ meetings and meetings of committees of the directors may be held by means of such telephonic, electronic or other communication facility or media as permits all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously and directors so participating shall be deemed to be present at such meeting.

SECRETARY

113.   Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, the secretary (who shall be permanently resident in South Africa and which may be a body corporate or a partnership complying with the requirements of the Act) shall be appointed by the directors for such term, at such remuneration and upon such conditions as they may think fit and any secretary so appointed may not be removed without the approval of the directors. A provision of the Statutes or these articles requiring or authorising a thing to be done by or to a director and the secretary shall not be satisfied by its being done by or to the same person acting both as director and as, or in place of, the secretary.

AUTHENTICATION AND ELECTRONIC ARCHIVING OF DOCUMENTS

114.   Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, any director or the secretary or any person appointed by the directors or any committee of the directors for that purpose shall have power to store any documents affecting the constitution of the Company and any resolutions passed by the Company or the directors, and any books, records, documents and accounts relating to the business of the Company, by electronic


 

Page 42

    means and to certify copies thereof or extracts therefrom as true copies or extracts; and where any books, records, documents or accounts are elsewhere than at the office the local manager or other officer of the Company having the custody thereof shall be deemed to be the person appointed by the directors aforesaid.
 
115.   A document purporting to be a copy of a resolution of the directors or an extract from the minutes of a meeting of the directors which is certified as such in accordance with the provisions of article 114 shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the Company upon the faith thereof that such resolution has been duly passed or, as the case may be, that such extract is a true and accurate record of a duly constituted meeting of the directors.

DIVIDENDS AND OTHER PAYMENTS TO MEMBERS

116.   Subject to the provisions of the Statutes and the requirements of any stock exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed or quoted, the Company may make payments to its members from time to time.
 
117.   The Company in general meeting (subject to obtaining the declaration of the directors referred to in article 121) or the directors may from time to time declare a dividend or make any other payment to members (or any class of members) in such currency as the directors or the general meeting may determine and in proportion to the number of shares held by them in each class. Dividends and other payments shall be declared payable to members registered as such on a date subsequent to the date of the declaration thereof as determined by the directors or the Company in general meeting; provided that the directors may rescind any dividend or other payment to be made to members or any class of members before the date of payment thereof if the directors decide that the Company’s financial position no longer justifies such payment.
 
118.   No larger dividend shall be declared by the Company in general meeting than is recommended by the directors; but the Company in general meeting may declare a smaller dividend.


 

Page 43

119.   All unclaimed dividends or other payments to members as contemplated in articles 116 and 117 may be invested or otherwise be made use of by the directors for the benefit of the Company until claimed, provided that any dividend or other payment to members remaining unclaimed for a period of not less than three years from the date on which it became payable may be forfeited by resolution of the directors for the benefit of the Company.
 
120.   The Company shall be entitled at any time to delegate its obligations to any member in respect of unclaimed dividends or other unclaimed payments to any one of the Company’s bankers from time to time.
 
121.   The declaration of the directors as to whether:
 
121.1   the Company is, or would be, after payment of any dividend or other payment to members, able to pay its debts as they become due in the ordinary course of business; and
 
121.2   the consolidated assets of the Company, fairly valued would, after the payment of the dividend or other payment to members, not be less than the consolidated liabilities of the Company shall be conclusive.
 
122.   Any dividend, interest or other sum payable in cash to the holder of a security may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post addressed to the holder at his registered address or, in the case of joint holders, addressed to the holder whose name stands first on the register in respect of the share at his registered address, or addressed to such person and at such address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct, or by electronic transfer into the bank account nominated by the holder or, in the case of joint holders, into the bank account nominated by the holder whose name stands first in the register in respect of the share. Every such cheque or warrant shall, unless the holder or joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is addressed and shall be sent at the risk of the holder or joint holders. Every such electronic transfer shall be made at the risk of the


 

Page 44

    holder or joint holders. The Company shall not be responsible for the loss in transmission of any cheque or warrant or of any document (whether similar to a cheque or warrant or not) sent through the post as aforesaid or the loss or misdirection of any electronic transfer. Payment of any such cheque or warrant, or the making of such electronic transfer, to whomsoever effected, shall be a good discharge to the Company.
 
123.   Any dividend may be paid and satisfied, either wholly or in part, by the distribution of specific assets, or in paid-up securities of the Company or of any other company, or in cash, or in any one or more of such ways as the directors or the Company in general meeting may at the time of declaring the dividend determine and direct, and where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution the directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any member on the basis of the value so fixed in order to secure equality of distribution and may vest any such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the persons entitled to the dividend as may seem expedient to the directors.
 
124.   The directors may from time to time make such regulations as they may think fit in regard to the payment of dividends to members having registered addresses outside South Africa, and such regulations may provide for the payment of such dividends in any foreign currency and the rate of exchange at which such payment shall be made and such other matters as the directors may think fit.

RESERVES

125.   The directors may set aside such sum as they think proper as reserves which shall, at the discretion of the directors be applicable for any purpose and pending such application may, at the like discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the directors may from time to time think fit. The directors may also, without placing the same to reserve, carry forward any sum which they may think prudent not to distribute.


 

Page 45

126.   The Company in general meeting may upon the recommendation of the directors at any time and from time to time resolve that it is desirable to capitalise all or any part of the amount for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserves or of any share premium account or capital redemption reserve fund or to the credit of the income statement or otherwise available for distribution and not required for the payment of the fixed dividends on any preference shares of the Company, and accordingly that such amount be set free for distribution among the members or any class of members who would be entitled thereto if distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions on the basis that the same be not paid in cash but either be applied in paying up unissued shares of the Company to be issued to such members as fully paid capitalisation shares having a par value or be transferred to the Company’s stated capital and be applied in distributing to such members shares of no par value.

DIRECTORS’ POWERS ON CAPITALISATION OR DISTRIBUTION OF PROFITS

127.   If any difficulty arises in regard to any distribution under article 126, the directors may settle the same as they think it expedient. They may make all appropriations and applications of the sum resolved to be capitalised thereby, and all allotments and issues of securities, if any, and generally shall do all acts and things required to give effect thereto, with full power to the directors to provide that fractions shall be ignored altogether, or by payment in cash or otherwise, as they think fit, in the case of securities becoming distributable in fractions. The directors may also appoint any person to enter, on behalf of all members entitled to the benefit of such appropriations and applications or to participate in such distribution, into any contract requisite or convenient for giving effect thereto, and such appointment and contract made under such appointment shall be effective and binding on all such members.


 

Page 46

SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT AND CAPITAL REDEMPTION RESERVE FUND

128.   The Company may from time to time, subject to any requirements which may be imposed by the Statutes, by ordinary resolution authorise the directors to distribute all or any part of the amount for the time being standing to the credit of or deal with, in any way recommended by the directors or authorised by the Statutes, any share premium account or capital redemption reserve fund of the Company, save that the provisions of this article shall not apply in respect of any action properly taken by the Company in terms of Sections 76(3) or 98(4) of the Act.

FOREIGN CURRENCY PAYMENTS

129.   Any payments to members to be made to any member whose registered address is outside South Africa or who has given written instructions requesting payment at an address outside South Africa and any payment to a member whose registered address is outside South Africa may be paid in such currency or currencies other than the currency of South Africa as may be stipulated by the directors. The directors may also stipulate the date upon which the currency of South Africa will be converted into such other currency or currencies.

ACCOUNTS

130.   The directors shall cause to be kept such accounting records and books of account as are prescribed by the Statutes.
 
131.   The accounting records shall be kept at the office or (subject to the provisions of Section 284 of the Act) at such other place as the directors think fit, and shall at all times be open to inspection by the directors. Except as provided by the Statutes or by the authority of the directors no member (other than a director) shall have any right to inspect any accounting record book, account or document of the Company.


 

Page 47

132.   Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, a copy of the annual financial statements made out in accordance with and consisting of the documents specified in Section 286 of the Act which is to be laid before the Company in annual general meeting, shall be:
 
132.1   delivered or sent by post in printed form to the registered address of each member; or
 
132.2   sent by electronic mail to each member who has elected to receive notices in that form in accordance with the provisions of these articles;
 
    (and at the same time there shall be forwarded to the secretary or other proper officer of any stock exchange on which any shares of the Company are listed or quoted such number of copies of such documents as for the time being may be required under its regulations or practice) at least twenty-one clear days before such annual general meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this article shall not require a copy of the said documents to be sent:
 
132.3   to any person:
 
132.3.1   who is not entitled to receive notice of general meetings of the Company;
 
132.3.2   the address of whom the Company is not aware; or
 
132.3.3   who has by notice in writing to the Company elected not to receive such documents; or
 
132.4   to more than one of the joint holders of any securities.


 

Page 48

INDEPENDENT EXTERNAL AUDITORS

133.   Independent external auditors shall be appointed and their duties regulated in accordance with the provisions of the Statutes.
 
134.   Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, all acts done by any person acting as independent external auditor, shall as regards all persons dealing in good faith with the Company, be valid notwithstanding that there was some defect in his appointment.
 
135.   All annual financial statements when audited and laid before an annual general meeting shall be deemed conclusively correct, and shall not be re-opened without the approval of the directors.

NOTICES

136.   Subject to the provisions of these articles and to the requirements of any stock exchange of which the shares of the Company are listed or quoted:
 
136.1   any notice which is required to be given by the Company to members or directors shall be in writing and may be given to:
 
136.1.1   any member or director who has notified the Company of his electronic mail address or telefacsimile number for this purpose, by:
 
136.1.1.1   sending such notice by electronic mail or telefacsimile, as the case may be, to such address or telefacsimile number, as the case may be; or
 
136.1.1.2   sending an electronic mail advising that a notice is posted on a website and containing the web address of such website; provided that such notice is available on such website for at least the period commencing on the day after the date on which such notice was


 

Page 49

    sent and expiring on the later of the twenty-first day succeeding that day or the day of the meeting, if any, to which the notice relates;
 
    provided that any member who has notified the Company of his electronic mail address or telefacsimile number may by written notice to the Company withdraw such notification of his electronic mail address or telefacsimile number; or
 
136.1.2   any member or director by delivery in person; or
 
136.1.3   any member or director by delivering it or sending it through the post, properly addressed, to:
 
136.1.3.1   a member at his address reflected in the register;
 
136.1.3.2   a director at his postal address shown in the directors’ register;
 
136.1.4   if the Company is prevented through circumstances beyond its control from so giving notice, then notice may be given by advertisement. Should it be necessary to give notice by advertisement, such notice shall, subject to the provisions of the Statutes, be advertised in the Gazette and in such newspapers as the directors may from time to time determine; provided that where a branch register or transfer office has been established, such advertisement shall also be inserted in at least one leading newspaper circulating in the town or district in which such branch register or transfer office is located;
 
    and any such notice to members shall simultaneously be given to the appropriate official or department of any recognised stock exchange on which the shares of the Company are listed or quoted, in accordance with the requirements of that stock exchange. Any such notice to members shall also be advertised in accordance with the requirements of any such stock exchange;


 

Page 50

136.2   every notice shall be deemed to have been received:
 
136.2.1   if it is delivered, on the date on which it is so delivered;
 
136.2.2   if it is sent by post, on the day on which it was posted;
 
136.2.3   if it, or an advertisement referred to in article 136.1.4, is advertised, on the day on which the advertisement appeared in the Gazette;
 
136.2.4   if it, or a message referred to in article 136.1.1.2, is sent by electronic mail, on the day on which it was so sent;
 
136.2.5   if it, or a message referred to in article 136.1.1.2, is sent by telefacsimile, on the day on which it was successfully transmitted,
 
    notwithstanding that such notice may not actually have been received.
 
137.   In the case of joint holders of a security, all notices shall unless such holders otherwise in writing direct and the directors agree, be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the register, and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint holders.
 
138.   Every person who, by operation of law, transfer or other means whatsoever, shall become entitled to any security, shall be bound by every notice in respect of such security which, previously to his name and address being entered on the register, shall have been given to the person from whom he derived his title to such security.
 
139.   Any notice or other document delivered, given or sent in accordance with the provisions of these articles shall notwithstanding that such member be then under legal incapacity, and whether or not the Company has notice of his legal incapacity, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of any security registered in the name of such member as a sole or joint holder unless his name shall at the time of the service of the notice or document have been removed from the register as the holder


 

Page 51

    of the security; and such service shall for all purposes of these articles be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the security.
 
140.   Save as otherwise expressly provided, where a given number of days notice, or notice extending over any period, is required to be given, the days of service shall not, unless it is otherwise provided, be counted in such number of days or other period.
 
141.   The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting or a meeting of directors to any member or director, as the case may be, shall not invalidate any resolution passed at such meeting.

WINDING UP

142.   If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution of the members divide among the members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and may for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any asset and may determine how the division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members. The liquidator may with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees to be held in trust for the benefit of the members or any of them on such terms as the liquidator, with the like sanction, shall think fit. Any such resolution may provide for and sanction a distribution of any specific assets amongst different classes of members otherwise than in accordance with their existing rights, but each member shall in that event have a right of dissent and other ancillary rights in the same manner as if such resolution were a special resolution passed pursuant to Section 390 of the Act.

INDEMNITY

143.   Subject to the provisions of Section 247 of the Act:
 
143.1   every director, manager, secretary and officer of the Company shall be indemnified out of the funds of the Company against all liabilities incurred by


 

Page 52

    him as such director, manager, secretary or officer in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in his favour, or in which he is acquitted, or in connection with any application under Section 248 of the Act in which relief is granted to him by the Court; and
 
143.2   every such person aforesaid shall be indemnified by the Company against and, it shall be the duty of the directors out of the funds of the Company, to pay all costs, losses and expenses which any such person may incur or become liable to by reason of any contract entered into or act or deed done by him as such director, secretary, manager or officer of the Company or in any way in the discharge of his duties.
 
144.   Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, no director, manager, secretary or officer or servant of the Company shall be liable for the acts, receipts, neglects, or defaults of any other director, manager, secretary or officer or servant, or for joining in any receipt or other act for conformity, or for loss or expense happening to the Company through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by order of the directors for and on behalf of the Company, or for the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the moneys of the Company shall be invested, or for any loss or damage arising from the insolvency or delict of any person with whom any moneys, securities or effects shall be deposited, or for any loss or damage occasioned by any error of judgment or oversight on his part, or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatsoever which shall happen in the execution of his duties of office or in relation thereto, unless the same happen through his own dishonesty.

WAIVER BY STOCK EXCHANGE

145.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these articles, where any action or matter is expressed in these articles to be subject to compliance with the listing requirements or rules of any stock exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed or quoted, a waiver of such requirements or rules by the stock


 

Page 53

    exchange concerned shall constitute compliance with those requirements or rules for the purposes of these articles.

CONDITIONS ATTACHING TO PREFERENCE SHARES

146.   Rights, privileges, restrictions and other conditions applicable to the A redeemable preference shares of 50 cents each and B redeemable preference shares of 1 cent each in the Company.
 
146.1   For purposes of this article the “Moab Lease Area” means the total lease area of 2 149,2631 hectares of the Mining Leases as ceded to AngloGold Limited (formerly Vaal Reefs Exploration and Mining Company Limited) by virtue of Deeds of Cession of Mining Leases Nos 23/92 and 26/92 and as reflected in the diagrams attaching to the Mining Leases being RMT Nos 52/91 and 53/91.
 
146.2   The following terms shall apply to the A redeemable preference shares of 50 cents each (“the A preference shares”), in the share capital of the Company:
 
146.2.1   The A preference shares shall be allotted to Eastvaal Gold Holdings Limited as fully paid and are not transferable.
 
146.2.2   The A preference shares shall rank pari passu with each other and except as provided for in this article shall rank pari passu with the B redeemable preference shares of 1 cent each (“the B preference shares”).
 
146.2.3   The A preference shares shall confer the following rights on the holder thereof:
 
146.2.3.1   after payment in full of the annual dividend on the B preference shares, the right to an annual dividend equivalent to the balance of the after tax profits arising from income derived from mining the Moab Lease Area as determined by the directors in each financial


 

Page 54

    year, but shall confer no right to any dividend payment from any other profits of the Company.
 
146.2.3.2   to receive on redemption:
 
146.2.3.2.1   the nominal value of the said A preference shares;
 
146.2.3.2.2   a premium per share of an amount equal to the net proceeds available from the disposal of the assets relating to the Moab Lease Area, after redemption in full of the B preference shares and payment of the nominal value of the A preference shares, divided by 2 000 000. Any amount transferred to the share premium account of the Company pursuant to Section 76(2) of the Act consequent upon the issue of such shares may be used to provide for any premium on the redemption of the shares.
 
146.2.3.3   Against payment of the said nominal value and premium, if any, such shares shall be fully redeemed and shall constitute part of the authorised and unissued share capital of the Company.
 
146.2.3.4   The A preference shares shall have no right to redemption from any proceeds otherwise arising.
 
146.2.4   The A preference shares shall confer on the holder thereof the right to receive notice of, and to attend, any meeting of the Company and to vote thereat and on a poll shall entitle the holder to one vote for each A preference share held provided that at every general meeting of the Company at which the holders of the ordinary shares, the A preference shares and the B preference shares are present and entitled to vote, on a poll the holder of the A preference shares shall be entitled to 50 votes for each A preference share held, the holders of the ordinary shares shall be entitled to 50 votes for each ordinary share held and the holder of the


 

Page 55

    B preference shares shall be entitled to one vote for each B preference share held.
 
146.2.5   At every separate meeting of the holder of the A preference shares the provisions of the articles relating to the voting at general meetings of ordinary shareholders and the appointment of proxies to act thereat, shall apply, mutatis mutandis, except that at any such separate meeting the sole holder of the A preference shares shall constitute a quorum.
 
146.2.6   The A preference shares shall confer the right, on a winding-up of the Company, in priority to any payment in respect of the ordinary shares in the capital of the Company then issued, but after any payment in respect of the B preference shares in the capital of the Company then issued, to receive only so much of the net proceeds from the disposal of the assets relating to the Moab Lease Area as is then available for distribution.
 
146.2.7   The A preference shares shall not be entitled to any participation, on a winding-up, in any of the surplus funds of the Company in any other manner arising.
 
146.3   The following terms shall apply to the B preference shares in the share capital of the Company:
 
146.3.1   The B preference shares shall be issued at par plus a premium of R249,99 per share. The said shares shall be subscribed for by and allotted to Eastvaal Gold Holdings Limited at a price of R250,00 per share and are not transferable.
 
146.3.2   The B preference shares shall rank pari passu with each other and except as provided for in this article shall rank pari passu with the A preference shares.


 

Page 56

146.3.3   The B preference shares shall confer the following rights on the holder thereof:
 
146.3.3.1   the right to an annual dividend amounting to the lesser of 5 per cent of the issue price of the B preference shares or an amount equivalent to the balance of the after tax profits arising from income derived from mining the Moab Lease Area as determined by the directors in each financial year. The annual dividend shall be a first charge on any profit available for distribution from the Moab Lease Area but shall not be payable from any other profits of the Company.
 
146.3.3.2   to receive on redemption:
 
146.3.3.2.1   the nominal value of the said B preference shares;
 
146.3.3.2.2   a premium of up to R249,99 per share, but limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds available from the disposal of the assets relating to the Moab Lease Area after payment of the nominal value of the B preference shares. Any such premium shall be payable from so much of the share premium account as arose on the issue of the shares.
 
146.3.3.3   Against payment of the said nominal value and premium, if any, such shares shall be fully redeemed and shall constitute part of the authorised and unissued share capital of the Company.
 
146.3.3.4   The redemption of the B preference shares shall be a first charge against the net proceeds from the disposal of the assets relating to the Moab Lease Area following permanent cessation of mining operations in the Moab Lease Area, but shall have no right to redemption from any proceeds otherwise arising.


 

Page 57

146.3.4   The B preference shares shall confer on the holder thereof the right to receive notice of, and to attend, any meeting of the Company provided that:
 
146.3.4.1   the holder of a B preference share shall not be entitled to vote at such meeting, except:
 
146.3.4.1.1   during any period commencing six months after the due date for payment of any B preference share dividend which has been declared and during which such B preference dividend or any part of such B preference dividend remains in arrear and unpaid; or
 
146.3.4.1.2   in regard to any resolution proposed which directly affects any of the rights attached to the B preference shares or the interests of the holders of the B preference shares, including a resolution for the winding-up of the Company or for the reduction of its capital; or
 
146.3.4.1.3   in regard to any resolution of the Company proposed for the disposal of the whole or substantially the whole of the undertaking of the Company or the whole or the greater part of the assets of the Company, or the whole or the greater part of the assets relating to the operations in the Moab Lease Area.
 
146.3.4.2   at every general meeting of the Company at which the holders of the ordinary shares, the A preference shares and the B preference shares are present and entitled to vote, on a poll the holder of the A preference shares shall be entitled to 50 votes for each A preference share held, the holders of the ordinary shares shall be entitled to 50 votes for each ordinary share held and the holder of


 

Page 58

    the B preference shares shall be entitled to one vote for each B preference share held.
 
146.3.5   At every separate meeting of the holder of the B preference shares the provisions of the articles relating to the voting at general meetings of ordinary shareholders and the appointment of proxies to act thereat, shall apply, mutatis mutandis, except that at any such separate meeting the sole holder of the B preference shares shall constitute a quorum.
 
146.3.6   The B preference shares shall confer the right, on a winding-up of the Company, in priority to any payment in respect of the ordinary shares or the A preference shares in the capital of the Company then issued, to receive only so much of the net proceeds from the disposal of the assets relating to the Moab Lease Area as is available for distribution but not exceeding a return per B preference share of the capital paid-up thereon and any share premium paid on the issue of the B preference shares outstanding at that time.
 
146.3.7   The B preference shares shall not be entitled to any participation, on a winding-up, in any of the surplus funds of the Company in any other manner arising.
 
146.4   The following terms shall apply to both the A preference shares and the B preference shares in the share capital of the Company:
 
146.4.1   The rights attaching to the A and B preference shares and the interests of the holders of the A and B preference shares shall not be regarded as being directly affected or modified by the creation by the Company of any further shares of any class unless those new shares rank as regards participation in the assets or profits of the Company from the Moab Lease Area in some or all respects in priority to or pari passu with the A and B preference shares.


 

Page 59

146.4.2   The provisions of this article 146 shall override any similar or contrary provisions of the Articles of Association of the Company.
 
146.4.3   Without the prior written consents of the holders of the A and B preference shares or the prior sanction of resolutions at separate general meetings of the holders of the A and B preference shares passed in the same manner, mutatis mutandis, as a special resolution:
 
146.4.3.1   none of the rights attaching to the A or B preference shares may be modified;
 
146.4.3.2   no shares in the capital of the Company, ranking as regards participation in the assets or profits of the Company arising from operations in the Moab Lease Area in some or all respects in priority to or pari passu with the A and B preference shares shall be created.
 
146.4.4   The A preference shares and the B preference shares shall be redeemed, but only after cessation of mining operations in the Moab Lease Area and realisation of the assets relating to the Moab Lease Area.
EX-4.1 4 u45563exv4w1.htm ANGLOGOLD LIMITED - FORM OF INDENTURE exv4w1

 

EXHIBIT 4.1


ANGLOGOLD LIMITED
as Issuer

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

Trustee


Form of Indenture

Dated as of ________



 


 

ANGLOGOLD LIMITED
as Issuer

Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act
of 1939 and Indenture, dated as of _______________

       
Trust Indenture    
Act Section   Indenture Section

 
§ 310 (a)(1)   607(a)
  (a)(2)   607(a)
  (b)   608
§ 312 (c)   701
§ 314 (a)   703
  (a)(4)   1004
  (c)(1)   102
  (c)(2)   102
  (e)   102
§ 315 (b)   601
§ 316 (a)(last
sentence)
  101 (“Outstanding”)
  (a)(1)(A)   502, 512
  (a)(1)(B)   513
  (b)   508
  (c)   104(e)
§ 317 (a)(1)   503
  (a)(2)   504
  (b)   1003
§ 318 (a)   111


    Note: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                 
            Page
           
PARTIES
    1  
RECITALS OF THE COMPANY
    1  
ARTICLE ONE DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
       
SECTION 101. Definitions
    8  
       
“Act”
    9  
       
“Additional Amounts”
    9  
       
“Affiliate”
    9  
       
“Attributable Debt”
    9  
       
“Authenticating Agent”
    9  
       
“Authorized Newspaper”
    10  
       
“Bearer Security”
    10  
       
“Board of Directors”
    10  
       
“Board Resolution”
    10  
       
“Business Day”
    10  
       
“Clearstream”
    10  
       
“Commission”
    10  
       
“Common Depositary”
    10  
       
“Company”
    10  
       
“Company Request” or “Company Order”
    10  
       
“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets”
    10  
       
“Conversion Date”
    11  
       
“Conversion Event”
    11  
       
“Corporate Trust Office”
    11  
       
“corporation”
    11  
       
“coupon”
    11  
       
“Currency”
    11  
       
“Debt”
    11  
       
“Default”
    11  
       
“Defaulted Interest”
    11  
       
“Dollar” or “$”
    11  
       
“Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit”
    11  
       
“Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency”
    11  


    Note: This table of contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.

 


 

                 
       
“Election Date”
    11  
       
“Euro”
    12  
       
“Euroclear”
    12  
       
“Event of Default”
    12  
       
“Exchange Date”
    12  
       
“Exchange Rate Agent”
    12  
       
“Exchange Rate Officers’ Certificate”
    12  
       
“Federal Bankruptcy Code”
    12  
       
“Foreign Currency”
    12  
       
“Government Obligations”
    12  
       
“Holder”
    12  
       
“Indenture”
    13  
       
“Indexed Security”
    13  
       
“interest”
    13  
       
“Interest Payment Date”
    13  
       
“Lien”
    13  
       
“Margin Stock”
    13  
       
“Market Exchange Rate”
    13  
       
“Maturity”
    14  
       
“Officers’ Certificate”
    14  
       
“Opinion of Counsel”
    14  
       
“Original Issue Discount Security”
    14  
       
“Outstanding”
    14  
       
“Paying Agent”
    15  
       
“Person”
    15  
       
“Place of Payment”
    15  
       
“Predecessor Security”
    15  
       
“Principal Property”
    16  
       
“Project Finance Indebtedness”
    16  
       
“Redemption Date”
    16  
       
“Redemption Price”
    16  
       
“Registered Security”
    16  
       
“Regular Record Date”
    16  
       
“Repayment Date”
    16  
       
“Repayment Price”
    16  
       
“Responsible Officer”
    16  
       
“Restricted Securities”
    17  
       
“Restricted Subsidiary”
    17  
       
“Securities”
    17  
       
“Security Register” and “Security Registrar”
    17  
       
“Special Record Date”
    17  
       
“Stated Maturity”
    17  
       
“Subsidiary”
    17  
       
“Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA”
    17  
       
“Trustee”
    17  
       
“United States”
    18  

ii


 

                 
       
“United States person”
    18  
       
“Valuation Date”
    18  
       
“Voting Stock”
    18  
       
“Yield to Maturity”
    18  
SECTION 102. Compliance Certificates and Opinions
    18  
SECTION 103. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee
    19  
SECTION 104. Acts of Holders
    19  
SECTION 105. Notices, etc. to Trustee and Company
    21  
SECTION 106. Notice to Holders; Waiver
    21  
SECTION 107. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents
    22  
SECTION 108. Successors and Assigns
    22  
SECTION 109. Separability Clause
    22  
SECTION 110. Benefits of Indenture
    23  
SECTION 111. Governing Law
    23  
SECTION 112. Legal Holidays
    23  
SECTION 113. Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service of Process
    23  
       
ARTICLE TWO SECURITY FORMS
       
SECTION 201. Forms Generally
    24  
SECTION 202. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication
    25  
SECTION 203. Securities Issuable in Global Form
    25  
       
ARTICLE THREE THE SECURITIES
       
SECTION 301. Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series
    26  
SECTION 302. Denominations
    30  
SECTION 303. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating
    30  
SECTION 304. Temporary Securities
    32  
SECTION 305. Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange
    34  
SECTION 306. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities
    38  
SECTION 307. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved; Optional Interest Reset
    39  
SECTION 308. Optional Extension of Stated Maturity
    41  
SECTION 309. Persons Deemed Owners
    42  
SECTION 310. Cancellation
    42  
SECTION 311. Computation of Interest
    43  
SECTION 312. Currency and Manner of Payments in Respect of Securities
    43  
SECTION 313. Appointment and Resignation of Successor Exchange Rate Agent
    46  
SECTION 314. CUSIP Numbers
    47  
       
ARTICLE FOUR SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
       
SECTION 401. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
    47  
SECTION 402. Application of Trust Money
    48  

iii


 

                 
       
ARTICLE FIVE REMEDIES
       
SECTION 501. Events of Default
    49  
SECTION 502. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment
    50  
SECTION 503. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee
    51  
SECTION 504. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    52  
SECTION 505. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities
    52  
SECTION 506. Application of Money Collected
    53  
SECTION 507. Limitation on Suits
    53  
SECTION 508. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest
    54  
SECTION 509. Restoration of Rights and Remedies
    54  
SECTION 510. Rights and Remedies Cumulative
    54  
SECTION 511. Delay or Omission Not Waiver
    54  
SECTION 512. Control by Holders
    55  
SECTION 513. Waiver of Past Defaults
    55  
SECTION 514. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
    55  
       
ARTICLE SIX THE TRUSTEE
       
SECTION 601. Notice of Defaults
    56  
SECTION 602. Certain Rights of Trustee
    56  
SECTION 603. Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities
    58  
SECTION 604. May Hold Securities
    58  
SECTION 605. Money Held in Trust
    58  
SECTION 606. Compensation and Reimbursement
    58  
SECTION 607. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility
    59  
SECTION 608. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor
    59  
SECTION 609. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor
    60  
SECTION 610. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business
    62  
SECTION 611. Appointment of Authenticating Agent
    62  
   
ARTICLE SEVEN HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY
       
SECTION 701. Disclosure of Names and Addresses of Holders
    63  
SECTION 702. Reports by Trustee
    64  
SECTION 703. Reports by the Company
    64  
     
ARTICLE EIGHT CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR TRANSFER
       
SECTION 801. Company May Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms
    65  
SECTION 802. Successor Person Substituted
    65  
       
ARTICLE NINE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
       

iv


 

                 
SECTION 901. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders
    66  
SECTION 902. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders
    67  
SECTION 903. Execution of Supplemental Indentures
    68  
SECTION 904. Effect of Supplemental Indentures
    68  
SECTION 905. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act
    68  
SECTION 906. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures
    69  
       
ARTICLE TEN COVENANTS
       
SECTION 1001. Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest
    69  
SECTION 1002. Maintenance of Office or Agency
    69  
SECTION 1003. Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust
    71  
SECTION 1004. Statement as to Compliance
    72  
SECTION 1005. Additional Amounts
    72  
SECTION 1006. Limitation on Liens
    73  
SECTION 1007. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions
    77  
SECTION 1008. Waiver of Certain Covenants
    78  
SECTION 1009. Calculation of Original Issue Discount
    78  
       
ARTICLE ELEVEN REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES
       
SECTION 1101. Applicability of Article
    79  
SECTION 1102. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee
    79  
SECTION 1103. Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed
    79  
SECTION 1104. Notice of Redemption
    79  
SECTION 1105. Deposit of Redemption Price
    81  
SECTION 1106. Securities Payable on Redemption Date
    81  
SECTION 1107. Securities Redeemed in Part
    82  
SECTION 1108. Optional Redemption Due to Changes in Tax Treatment
    82  
       
ARTICLE TWELVE SINKING FUNDS
       
SECTION 1201. Applicability of Article
    83  
SECTION 1202. Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities
    83  
SECTION 1203. Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund
    84  
       
ARTICLE THIRTEEN REPAYMENT AT OPTION OF HOLDERS
       
SECTION 1301. Applicability of Article
    84  
SECTION 1302. Repayment of Securities
    84  
SECTION 1303. Exercise of Option
    85  
SECTION 1304. When Securities Presented for Repayment Become Due and Payable
    85  
SECTION 1305. Securities Repaid in Part
    86  

v


 

                 
       
ARTICLE FOURTEEN DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
       
SECTION 1401. Applicability of Article; Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
    86  
SECTION 1402. Defeasance and Discharge
    87  
SECTION 1403. Covenant Defeasance
    87  
SECTION 1404. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
    88  
SECTION 1405. Deposited Money and Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
    89  
       
ARTICLE FIFTEEN MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
       
SECTION 1501. Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called
    90  
SECTION 1502. Call, Notice and Place of Meetings
    91  
SECTION 1503. Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings
    91  
SECTION 1504. Quorum; Action
    91  
SECTION 1505. Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings
    92  
SECTION 1506. Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings
    93  

vi


 

                 
TESTIMONIUM
    95  
SIGNATURES AND SEALS
    95  
FORMS OF CERTIFICATION
EXHIBIT A  

vii


 

          INDENTURE, dated as of                          , between AngloGold Limited, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of South Africa (herein called the “Company”), and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as Trustee hereunder (herein called the “Trustee”).

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

          The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of its unsecured debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness (herein called the “Securities”), which may or may not be convertible into the Company’s ordinary shares, to be issued in one or more series, unlimited as to principal amount, to bear such rates of interest, to mature at such times and to have such other provisions as shall be fixed as hereinafter provided.

          This Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, that are required to be part of this Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

          This indenture is subject to South African Reserve Bank approval.

          All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the parties hereto, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

          NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

          For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities or of series thereof, as follows:

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

          SECTION 101. Definitions.

          For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

       (1) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;

       (2) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein, and the terms “cash transaction” and “self-liquidating paper”, as used in TIA Section 311, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the rules of the Commission adopted under the Trust Indenture Act;

 


 

       (3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with International Accounting Standards, and, except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term “International Accounting Standards” with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder shall mean such accounting standards as shall be applicable at the date of such computation; and

       (4) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

          Certain terms, used principally in Article Three, are defined in that Article.

          “Act”, when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 104.

          “Additional Amounts” has the meaning specified in Section 1005.

          “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

          “Attributable Debt” means, as to any particular lease in a sale and leaseback transaction (as defined in Section 1007), synthetic lease or other finance-type lease under which any Person is at the time liable for a term of more than 12 months (but, for the sake of clarity, excluding any operating lease and lease entered into for the bona fide purpose of conducting mining, exploration or other operations), at any date as of which the amount thereof is to be determined, the total net amount of rent required to be paid by such Person under such lease during the remaining term thereof (excluding any subsequent renewal or other extension options held by the lessee), discounted from the respective due dates thereof to such date at the rate of      , compounded monthly. The net amount of rent required to be paid under any such lease for any such period shall be the aggregate amount of the rent payable by the lessee with respect to such period after excluding amounts required to be paid on account of maintenance and repairs, services, insurance, taxes, assessments, water rates and similar charges and contingent rents (such as those based on sales). In the case of any lease which is terminable by the lessee upon the payment of a penalty, such net amount of rent shall include the lesser of (i) the total discounted net amount of rent required to be paid from the later of the first date upon which such lease may be so terminated or the date of the determination of such net amount of rent, as the case may be, and (ii) the amount of such penalty (in which event no rent shall be considered as required to be paid under such lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so terminated).

          “Authenticating Agent” means any Person appointed by the Trustee to act on behalf of the Trustee pursuant to Section 611 to authenticate Securities.

9


 

          “Authorized Newspaper” means a newspaper, in the English language or in an official language of the country of publication, customarily published on each Business Day, whether or not published on Saturdays, Sundays or holidays, and of general circulation in each place in connection with which the term is used or in the financial community of each such place. Where successive publications are required to be made in Authorized Newspapers, the successive publications may be made in the same or in different newspapers in the same city meeting the foregoing requirements and in each case on any Business Day.

          “Bearer Security” means any Security except a Registered Security.

          “Board of Directors” means either the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of that board.

          “Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by any two directors, or any director and secretary, of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

          “Business Day”, when used with respect to any Place of Payment or any other particular location referred to in this Indenture or in the Securities, means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301, each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in that Place of Payment or other location are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

          “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, formerly known as Cedelbank, or its successor.

          “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or, if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

          “Common Depositary” has the meaning specified in Section 304.

          “Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person.

          “Company Request” or “Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by any two directors, or any director and secretary, of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

          “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the total amount of assets (less applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) after deducting therefrom (i) all current liabilities (excluding any current liabilities which are by their terms extendible or renewable at the option of the obligor thereon to a time more than 12 months after the time as of which the amount thereof is being computed and excluding current maturities of long-term indebtedness and capital lease obligations) and (ii) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other like intangibles, all as set forth on the most recent balance

10


 

sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries (but, in any event, as of a date within 150 days of the date of determination) prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards and expressed in South African rands.

          “Conversion Date” has the meaning specified in Section 312(d).

          “Conversion Event” means the cessation of use of (i) a Foreign Currency both by the government of the country which issued such Currency and by a central bank or other public institution of or within the international banking community for the settlement of transactions, (ii) the euro both within the European Union and for the settlement of transactions by public institutions of or within the European Union or (iii) any currency unit (or composite currency) other than the euro for the purposes for which it was established.

          “Corporate Trust Office” means the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office on the date of execution of this Indenture is located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286, except that with respect to presentation of Securities for payment or for registration of transfer or exchange, such term shall mean the office or agency of the Trustee at which, at any particular time, its corporate agency business shall be conducted.

          “corporation” includes corporations, associations, companies and business trusts.

          “coupon” means any interest coupon appertaining to a Bearer Security.

          “Currency” means any currency or currencies, composite currency or currency unit or currency units, including, without limitation, the euro, issued by the government of one or more countries or by any recognized confederation or association of such governments.

          “Debt” means notes, bonds, debentures or other similar evidences of indebtedness for money borrowed.

          “Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

          “Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 307.

          “Dollar” or “$” means a dollar or other equivalent unit in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

          “Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit” has the meaning specified in Section 312(g).

          “Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency” has the meaning specified in Section 312(f).

          “Election Date” has the meaning specified in Section 312(h).

11


 

          “Euro” means the lawful currency of the member states of the European Union that adopt the single currency in accordance with the Treaty establishing the European Community, as amended by the Treaty on European Union.

          “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System (or any successor securities clearing system).

          “Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 501.

          “Exchange Date” has the meaning specified in Section 304.

          “Exchange Rate Agent” means, with respect to Securities of or within any series, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301, a New York Clearing House bank, designated pursuant to Section 301 or Section 313.

          “Exchange Rate Officers’ Certificate” means a tested telex or a certificate setting forth (i) the applicable Market Exchange Rate and (ii) the Dollar or Foreign Currency amounts of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any (on an aggregate basis and on the basis of a Security having the lowest denomination principal amount determined in accordance with Section 302 in the relevant Currency), payable with respect to a Security of any series on the basis of such Market Exchange Rate, sent (in the case of a telex) or signed (in the case of a certificate) by any two directors, or any director and secretary, of the Company.

          “Federal Bankruptcy Code” means the Bankruptcy Act of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time.

          “Foreign Currency” means any Currency other than Currency of the United States.

          “Government Obligations” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any series of Securities pursuant to Section 301, securities which are (i) direct obligations of the government which issued the Currency in which the Securities of a particular series are payable or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the government which issued the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed by such government, which, in either case, are full faith and credit obligations of such government payable in such Currency and are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest or principal of the Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

          “Holder” means, in the case of a Registered Security, the Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Security Register and, in the case of a Bearer Security, the bearer thereof and, when used with respect to any coupon, shall mean the bearer thereof.

12


 

          “Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed and as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, and shall include the terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 301; provided, however, that, if at any time more than one Person is acting as Trustee under this instrument, “Indenture” shall mean, with respect to any one or more series of Securities for which such Person is Trustee, this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and shall include the terms of particular series of Securities for which such Person is Trustee established as contemplated by Section 301, exclusive, however, of any provisions or terms which relate solely to other series of Securities for which such Person is not Trustee, regardless of when such terms or provisions were adopted, and exclusive of any provisions or terms adopted by means of one or more indentures supplemental hereto executed and delivered after such Person had become such Trustee but to which such Person, as such Trustee, was not a party.

          “Indexed Security” means a Security the terms of which provide that the principal amount thereof payable at Stated Maturity may be more or less than the principal face amount thereof at original issuance.

          “interest”, when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity at the rate prescribed in such Original Issue Discount Security.

          “Interest Payment Date”, when used with respect to any Security, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security.

          “Lien” means any pledge, mortgage, lien, charge, encumbrance or security interest.

          “Margin Stock” has the meaning specified in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve System.

          “Market Exchange Rate” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301, (i) for any conversion involving a currency unit on the one hand and Dollars or any Foreign Currency on the other, the exchange rate between the relevant currency unit and Dollars or such Foreign Currency calculated by the method specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of the relevant series, (ii) for any conversion of Dollars into any Foreign Currency, the noon (New York City time) buying rate for such Foreign Currency for cable transfers quoted in New York City as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and (iii) for any conversion of one Foreign Currency into Dollars or another Foreign Currency, the spot rate at noon local time in the relevant market at which, in accordance with normal banking procedures, the Dollars or Foreign Currency into which conversion is being made could be purchased with the Foreign Currency from which conversion is being made from major banks located in either New York City, London or any other principal market for Dollars or such purchased Foreign Currency, in each case determined by the Exchange Rate Agent. Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301, in the event of the unavailability of any of the exchange rates provided for in the

13


 

foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the Exchange Rate Agent shall use, in its sole discretion and without liability on its part, such quotation of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as of the most recent available date, or quotations from one or more major banks in New York City, London or another principal market for the Currency in question, or such other quotations as the Exchange Rate Agent shall deem appropriate. Unless otherwise specified by the Exchange Rate Agent, if there is more than one market for dealing in any Currency by reason of foreign exchange regulations or otherwise, the market to be used in respect of such Currency shall be that upon which a non-resident issuer of securities designated in such Currency would purchase such Currency in order to make payments in respect of such securities.

          “Maturity”, when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, notice of redemption, notice of option to elect repayment or otherwise.

          “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by any two directors, or any director and secretary, of the Company that complies with the requirements of Section 314(e) of the Trust Indenture Act, and is delivered to the Trustee.

          “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for the Company including an employee of the Company.

          “Original Issue Discount Security” means any Security which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502.

          “Outstanding”, when used with respect to Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

       (i) Securities theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or Security Registrar or delivered to the Trustee or Security Registrar for cancellation;

       (ii) Securities, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption or repayment at the option of the Holder money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto; provided that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

       (iii) Securities, except to the extent provided in Sections 1402 and 1403, with respect to which the Company has effected defeasance and/or covenant defeasance as provided in Article Fourteen; and

       (iv) Securities which have been paid pursuant to Section 306 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Securities in respect of which there shall have been

14


 

  presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Securities are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Securities are valid obligations of the Company;

provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or are present at a meeting of Holders for quorum purposes, and for the purpose of making the calculations required by TIA Section 313, (i) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the amount of principal thereof that would be (or shall have been declared to be) due and payable, at the time of such determination, upon a declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502, (ii) the principal amount of any Security denominated in a Foreign Currency that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed Outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the Dollar equivalent, determined as of the date such Security is originally issued by the Company as set forth in an Exchange Rate Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, of the principal amount (or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security, the Dollar equivalent as of such date of original issuance of the amount determined as provided in clause (i) above) of such Security, (iii) the principal amount of any Indexed Security that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the principal face amount of such Indexed Security at original issuance, unless otherwise provided with respect to such Security pursuant to Section 301, and (iv) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making such calculation or in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor.

          “Paying Agent” means any Person (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Securities on behalf of the Company.

          “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

          “Place of Payment” means, when used with respect to the Securities of or within any series, the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Securities are payable as specified as contemplated by Sections 301 and 1002.

          “Predecessor Security” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security or a Security to which a

15


 

mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security or the Security to which the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains, as the case may be.

          “Principal Property” means any mine, together with any fixtures comprising a part thereof, and any plant or other facility, together with any land upon which such plant or other facility is erected and fixtures comprising a part thereof, used primarily for mining or processing, in each case, located in the Republic of South Africa or the United States of America and the net book value of which on the date as of which the determination is being made exceeds [     %] of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, that Principal Property shall not include (a) any mine, plant or facility which, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, is not of material importance to the total business conducted by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as an entirety or (b) any portion of a particular mine, plant or facility which, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, is not of material importance to the use or operation of such mine, plant or facility.

          “Project Finance Indebtedness” means any indebtedness incurred in relation to any asset for the purposes of financing the whole or any part of the acquisition, creation, construction, improvement or development of such asset where the financial institution(s) to whom such indebtedness is owed has or have recourse to (i) the applicable project borrower (where such project borrower is formed solely or principally for the purpose of the relevant project) and/or (ii) such asset (or any derivative asset thereof) but, in either case, does not or do not have recourse to any other assets of the applicable project borrower.

          “Redemption Date”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, in whole or in part, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

          “Redemption Price”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

          “Registered Security” means any Security registered in the Security Register.

          “Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date on the Registered Securities of or within any series means the date specified for that purpose as contemplated by Section 301.

          “Repayment Date” means, when used with respect to any Security to be repaid at the option of the Holder, the date fixed for such repayment pursuant to this Indenture.

          “Repayment Price” means, when used with respect to any Security to be repaid at the option of the Holder, the price at which it is to be repaid pursuant to this Indenture.

          “Responsible Officer”, when used with respect to the Trustee, means any vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or assistant trust officer, or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above-designated officers, and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust

16


 

matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

          “Restricted Securities” has the meaning specified in Section 1006.

          “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary wholly owned by the Company (a) substantially all of the property of which is located, or substantially all of the business of which is carried on, within the Republic of South Africa or the United States of America and (b) which owns a Principal Property; provided, that Restricted Subsidiary shall not include any Subsidiary the primary business of which consists of financing operations in connection with leasing and conditional sales transactions on behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and/or purchasing accounts receivable and/or making loans secured by accounts receivable or inventory, or which is otherwise primarily engaged in the business of a finance company. In the event that there shall be at any time a question as to whether a Subsidiary is described in the foregoing clause (a) or (b) or an exception described herein, such matter shall be determined for all purposes of this Indenture by a Board Resolution.

          “Securities” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and more particularly means any Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture; provided, however, that if at any time there is more than one Person acting as Trustee under this Indenture, “Securities” with respect to the Indenture as to which such Person is Trustee shall have the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and shall more particularly mean Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, exclusive, however, of Securities of any series as to which such Person is not Trustee.

          “Security Register” and “Security Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 305.

          “Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Registered Securities of or within any series means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307.

          “Stated Maturity”, when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Security or a coupon representing such installment of interest as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable, as such date may be extended pursuant to the provisions of Section 308.

          “Subsidiary” means any corporation of which at the time of determination the Company, directly and/or indirectly through one or more Subsidiaries, owns more than 50% of the shares of Voting Stock.

          “Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force at the date as of which this Indenture was executed, except as provided in Section 905.

          “Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a

17


 

Trustee hereunder; provided, however, that if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean only the Trustee with respect to Securities of that series.

          “United States” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301, the United States of America (including the states and the District of Columbia), its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction.

          “United States person” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301, an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or an estate or trust the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source.

          “Valuation Date” has the meaning specified in Section 312(c).

          “Voting Stock” means stock of the class or classes having general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of a corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any other class or classes shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).

          “Yield to Maturity” means the yield to maturity, computed at the time of issuance of a Security (or, if applicable, at the most recent redetermination of interest on such Security) and as set forth in such Security in accordance with generally accepted United States bond yield computation principles.

          SECTION 102. Compliance Certificates and Opinions.

          Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture (including any covenant compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent) relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

          Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 1004) shall include:

       (1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

       (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

18


 

       (3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

       (4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

          SECTION 103. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

          In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

          Any certificate or opinion of a director or an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such director or officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, a director or officer of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

          Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

          SECTION 104. Acts of Holders.

          (a)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders of the Outstanding Securities of all series or one or more series, as the case may be, may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing. If Securities of a series are issuable as Bearer Securities, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders of such series may, alternatively, be embodied in and evidenced by the record of Holders of Securities of such series voting in favor thereof, either in person or by proxies duly appointed in writing, at any meeting of Holders of Securities of such series duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article Fifteen, or a combination of such instruments and any such record. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments and any such record (and the action embodied therein

19


 

and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments or so voting at any such meeting. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or of the holding by any Person of a Security, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company and any agent of the Trustee or the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section. The record of any meeting of Holders of Securities shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 1506.

          (b)  The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

          (c)  The principal amount and serial numbers of Registered Securities held by any Person, and the date of holding the same, shall be proved by the Security Register.

          (d)  The principal amount and serial numbers of Bearer Securities held by any Person, and the date of holding the same, may be proved by the production of such Bearer Securities or by a certificate executed, as depositary, by any trust company, bank, banker or other depositary reasonably acceptable to the Company, wherever situated, if such certificate shall be deemed by the Trustee to be satisfactory, showing that at the date therein mentioned such Person had on deposit with such depositary, or exhibited to it, the Bearer Securities therein described; or such facts may be proved by the certificate or affidavit of the Person holding such Bearer Securities, if such certificate or affidavit is deemed by the Trustee to be satisfactory. The Trustee and the Company may assume that such ownership of any Bearer Security continues until (1) another certificate or affidavit bearing a later date issued in respect of the same Bearer Security is produced, or (2) such Bearer Security is produced to the Trustee by some other Person, or (3) such Bearer Security is surrendered in exchange for a Registered Security, or (4) such Bearer Security is no longer Outstanding. The principal amount and serial numbers of Bearer Securities held by any Person, and the date of holding the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

          (e)  If the Company shall solicit from the Holders of Registered Securities any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may, at its option, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. Notwithstanding TIA Section 316(c), such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith and not later than the date such solicitation is completed. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be

20


 

Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Securities have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the Outstanding Securities shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date.

          (f)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

          SECTION 105. Notices, etc. to Trustee and Company.

          Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other documents provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

       (1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or

       (2) the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of this Indenture or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

          SECTION 106. Notice to Holders; Waiver.

          Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to Holders of Registered Securities by the Company or the Trustee, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each such Holder affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders of Registered Securities is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders of Registered Securities or the sufficiency of any notice to Holders of Bearer Securities given as provided. Any notice mailed to a Holder in the manner herein prescribed shall be conclusively deemed to have been received by such Holder, whether or not such Holder actually receives such notice.

          In case, by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impractical to mail notice of any event to Holders of Registered Securities when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this

21


 

Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be sufficient giving of such notice for every purpose hereunder.

          Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301, where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of Bearer Securities of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given to Holders of Bearer Securities if published in an Authorized Newspaper in The City of New York and in such other city or cities as may be specified in such Securities on a Business Day at least twice, the first such publication to be not earlier than the earliest date, and not later than the latest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date of the first such publication.

          In case, by reason of the suspension of publication of any Authorized Newspaper or Authorized Newspapers or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impracticable to publish any notice to Holders of Bearer Securities as provided above, then such notification to Holders of Bearer Securities as shall be given with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute sufficient notice to such Holders for every purpose hereunder. Neither the failure to give notice by publication to Holders of Bearer Securities as provided above, nor any defect in any notice so published, shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders of Bearer Securities or the sufficiency of any notice to Holders of Registered Securities given as provided herein.

          Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver required or permitted under this Indenture shall be in the English language, except that, if the Company so elects, any published notice may be in an official language of the country of publication.

          Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

          SECTION 107. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

          The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

          SECTION 108. Successors and Assigns.

          All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

          SECTION 109. Separability Clause.

          In case any provision in this Indenture or in any Security or coupon shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

22


 

          SECTION 110. Benefits of Indenture.

          Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities or coupons, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Securities Registrar and their successors hereunder and the Holders of Securities or coupons, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

          SECTION 111. Governing Law.

          This Indenture and the Securities and coupons shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York. This Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

          SECTION 112. Legal Holidays.

          In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, sinking fund payment date or Stated Maturity or Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of any Security or coupon other than a provision in the Securities of any series which specifically states that such provision shall apply in lieu of this Section), payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date or sinking fund payment date, or at the Stated Maturity or Maturity; provided that no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, sinking fund payment date, Stated Maturity or Maturity, as the case may be.

          SECTION 113. Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service of Process.

          The Company hereby appoints AngloGold Americas Incorporated acting through its office at 509 Madison Avenue, Suite 1914, New York, New York 10022 as its authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) upon which process may be served in any legal action or proceeding against the Company with respect to its obligations under this Indenture or the Securities of any series, instituted in any federal or state court in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York by the Holder of any Security and the Company agrees that service of process upon such Authorized Agent, together with written notice of said service to the Company by the Person serving the same addressed as provided in Section 105, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company in any such legal action or proceeding. The Company hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such legal action or proceeding and waives any objection it may have to the laying of the venue of any such legal action or proceeding. Such designation shall be irrevocable until all amounts in respect of the principal of and any premium and interest due and to become due on or in respect of all the Securities issued under this Indenture have been paid by the Company to the Trustee pursuant to the terms hereof and the Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to appoint another Person located or with an office in the Borough of

23


 

Manhattan, The City of New York, selected in its discretion, as a successor Authorized Agent, and upon acceptance of such consent to service of process by such a successor the designation of the prior Authorized Agent shall terminate. The Company shall give written notice to the Trustee and all Holders of the designation by it of a successor Authorized Agent. If for any reason AngloGold Americas Incorporated ceases to be able to act as the Authorized Agent or to have an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, the Company will appoint a successor Authorized Agent in accordance with the preceding sentence. The Company further agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments as may be necessary to continue such designation of such agent in full force and effect until this Indenture has been satisfied and discharged. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent addressed to it at the address set forth above, as such address may be changed within the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York by notice given by the Authorized Agent to the Trustee, together with written notice of such service mailed or delivered to the Company shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process on the Company.

ARTICLE TWO

SECURITY FORMS

          SECTION 201. Forms Generally.

          The Registered Securities, if any, of each series and the Bearer Securities, if any, of each series and related coupons shall be in substantially the forms as shall be established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution or in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the directors and officers executing such Securities or coupons, as evidenced by their execution of the Securities or coupons. If the forms of Securities or coupons of any series are established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the secretary or assistant secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Company Order contemplated by Section 303 for the authentication and delivery of such Securities or coupons. Any portion of the text of any Security may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Security.

          Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, Securities in bearer form shall have interest coupons attached.

          The Trustee’s certificate of authentication on all Securities shall be in substantially the form set forth in this Article.

          The definitive Securities and coupons shall be printed, lithographed or engraved on steel-engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities or coupons.

24


 

          SECTION 202. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication.

          Subject to Section 611, the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

          Dated: ___________________

          This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

         
    [NAME OF TRUSTEE],
as Trustee
   
    By
     
Authorized Signatory

          SECTION 203. Securities Issuable in Global Form.

          If Securities of or within a series are issuable in global form, as specified as contemplated by Section 301, then, notwithstanding clause (8) of Section 301, any such Security shall represent such of the Outstanding Securities of such series as shall be specified therein and may provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities of such series from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities of such series represented thereby may from time to time be increased or decreased to reflect exchanges. Any endorsement of a Security in global form to reflect the amount, or any increase or decrease in the amount, of Outstanding Securities represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee in such manner and upon instructions given by such Person or Persons as shall be specified therein or in the Company Order to be delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 303 or Section 304. Subject to the provisions of Section 303 and, if applicable, Section 304, the Trustee shall deliver and redeliver any Security in permanent global form in the manner and upon instructions given by the Person or Persons specified therein or in the applicable Company Order. If a Company Order pursuant to Section 303 or Section 304 has been, or simultaneously is, delivered, any instructions by the Company with respect to endorsement or delivery or redelivery of a Security in global form shall be in writing but need not comply with Section 102 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel.

          The provisions of the last sentence of Section 303 shall apply to any Security represented by a Security in global form if such Security was never issued and sold by the Company and the Company delivers to the Trustee the Security in global form together with written instructions (which need not comply with Section 102 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) with regard to the reduction in the principal amount of Securities represented thereby, together with the written statement contemplated by the last sentence of Section 303.

25


 

          Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 307, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any Security in permanent global form shall be made to the Person or Persons specified therein.

          Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 309 and except as provided in the preceding paragraph, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company and the Trustee shall treat as the Holder of such principal amount of Outstanding Securities represented by a permanent global Security (i) in the case of a permanent global Security in registered form, the Holder of such permanent global Security in registered form, or (ii) in the case of a permanent global Security in bearer form, Euroclear or Clearstream.

ARTICLE THREE

THE SECURITIES

          SECTION 301. Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series.

          The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

          The Securities may be issued in one or more series. There shall be established in one or more Board Resolutions or pursuant to authority granted by one or more Board Resolutions and, subject to Section 303, set forth in, or determined in the manner provided in, an Officers’ Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of Securities of any series, any or all of the following, as applicable (each of which (except for the matters set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (17) below), if so provided, may be determined from time to time by the Company with respect to unissued Securities of the series and set forth in such Securities of the series when issued from time to time):

       (1) the title of the Securities of the series (which shall distinguish the Securities of the series from all other series of Securities);

       (2) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the series that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the series pursuant to Section 304, 305, 306, 906, 1107 or 1305);

       (3) the date or dates, or the method by which such date or dates will be determined or extended, on which the principal of the Securities of the series is payable;

       (4) the rate or rates at which the Securities of the series shall bear interest, if any, or the method by which such rate or rates shall be determined, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue, or the method by which such date or dates shall be determined, the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest shall be payable and the Regular Record Date, if any, for the interest payable on any Registered Security on any Interest Payment Date, or the method by which such date or dates shall be determined,

26


 

  and the basis upon which interest shall be calculated if other than on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months;

       (5) the place or places, if any, other than or in addition to the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on Securities of the series shall be payable, where any Registered Securities of the series may be surrendered for registration of transfer, where Securities of the series may be surrendered for exchange, where Securities of the series that are convertible may be surrendered for conversion, as applicable and, if different than the location specified in Section 106, the place or places where notices or demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of the series and this Indenture may be served;

       (6) the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which, the Currency in which, and other terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company, if the Company is to have that option;

       (7) the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem, repay or purchase Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provision or at the option of a Holder thereof, and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which, the Currency in which, and other terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series shall be redeemed, repaid or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;

       (8) if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denomination or denominations in which any Registered Securities of the series shall be issuable and, if other than denominations of $5,000, the denomination or denominations in which any Bearer Securities of the series shall be issuable;

       (9) if other than the Trustee, the identity of each Security Registrar and/or Paying Agent;

       (10) if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Securities of the series that shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502 or the method by which such portion shall be determined;

       (11) if other than Dollars, the Currency in which payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of the series shall be payable or in which the Securities of the series shall be denominated and the particular provisions applicable thereto in accordance with, in addition to or in lieu of any of the provisions of Section 312;

       (12) whether the amount of payments of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of the series may be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method (which index, formula or method may be based, without

27


 

  limitation, on one or more Currencies, commodities, equity indices or other indices), and the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;

       (13) whether the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of the series are to be payable, at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof, in a Currency other than that in which such Securities are denominated or stated to be payable, the period or periods within which (including the Election Date), and the terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made, and the time and manner of determining the exchange rate between the Currency in which such Securities are denominated or stated to be payable and the Currency in which such Securities are to be so payable, in each case in accordance with, in addition to or in lieu of any of the provisions of Section 312;

       (14) the designation of the initial Exchange Rate Agent, if any;

       (15) the applicability, if any, of Sections 1402 and/or 1403 to the Securities of the series and any provisions in modification of, in addition to or in lieu of any of the provisions of Article Fourteen that shall be applicable to the Securities of the series;

       (16) provisions, if any, granting special rights to the Holders of Securities of the series upon the occurrence of such events as may be specified;

       (17) any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default or covenants (including any deletions from, modifications of or additions to Section 1008) of the Company with respect to Securities of the series, whether or not such Events of Default or covenants are consistent with the Events of Default or covenants set forth herein;

       (18) whether Securities of the series are to be issuable as Registered Securities, Bearer Securities (with or without coupons) or both, any restrictions applicable to the offer, sale or delivery of Bearer Securities, whether any Securities of the series are to be issuable initially in temporary global form and whether any Securities of the series are to be issuable in permanent global form with or without coupons and, if so, whether beneficial owners of interests in any such permanent global Security may exchange such interests for Securities of such series and of like tenor of any authorized form and denomination and the circumstances under which any such exchanges may occur, if other than in the manner provided in Section 305, whether Registered Securities of the series may be exchanged for Bearer Securities of the series (if permitted by applicable laws and regulations), whether Bearer Securities of the series may be exchanged for Registered Securities of such series, and the circumstances under which and the place or places where any such exchanges may be made and if Securities of the series are to be issuable in global form, the identity of any initial depository therefor;

       (19) the date as of which any Bearer Securities of the series and any temporary global Security representing Outstanding Securities of the series shall be dated if other than the date of original issuance of the first Security of the series to be issued;

28


 

       (20) the Person to whom any interest on any Registered Security of the series shall be payable, if other than the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, the manner in which, or the Person to whom, any interest on any Bearer Security of the series shall be payable, if otherwise than upon presentation and surrender of the coupons appertaining thereto as they severally mature, and the extent to which, or the manner in which, any interest payable on a temporary global Security on an Interest Payment Date will be paid if other than in the manner provided in Section 304;

       (21) if Securities of the series are to be issuable in definitive form (whether upon original issue or upon exchange of a temporary Security of such series) only upon receipt of certain certificates or other documents or satisfaction of other conditions, the form and/or terms of such certificates, documents or conditions;

       (22) if the Securities of the series are to be issued upon the exercise of warrants, the time, manner and place for such Securities to be authenticated and delivered;

       (23) whether, under what circumstances and the Currency in which the Company will pay Additional Amounts as contemplated by Section 1005 on the Securities of the series to any Holder who is not a United States person (including any modification to the definition of such term) in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge and, if so, whether the Company will have the option to redeem such Securities rather than pay such Additional Amounts (and the terms of any such option);

       (24) if the Securities of the series are to be convertible into any securities of any Person (including the Company), the terms and conditions upon which such Securities will be so convertible;

       (25) if the Securities of the series are to be subordinated to any other Debt, the terms and conditions of such subordination; and

       (26) any other terms, conditions, rights and preferences (or limitations on such rights and preferences) relating to the series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act or the provisions of this Indenture).

          All Securities of any one series and the coupons appertaining to any Bearer Securities of such series shall be substantially identical except, in the case of Registered Securities, as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant to such Board Resolution (subject to Section 303) and set forth in such Officers’ Certificate or in any such indenture supplemental hereto. Not all Securities of any one series need be issued at the same time, and, unless otherwise provided, a series may be reopened without the consent of the Holders for issuances of additional Securities of such series.

          If any of the terms of the series are established by action taken pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions, such Board Resolutions shall be delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers’ Certificate setting forth the terms of the series.

29


 

          SECTION 302. Denominations.

          The Securities of each series shall be issuable in such denominations as shall be specified as contemplated by Section 301. With respect to Securities of any series denominated in Dollars, in the absence of any such provisions, the Registered Securities of such series, other than Registered Securities issued in global form (which may be of any denomination), shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof and the Bearer Securities of such series, other than the Bearer Securities issued in global form (which may be of any denomination), shall be issuable in a denomination of $5,000.

          SECTION 303. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

          The Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto shall be executed on behalf of the Company by any two directors, or any director and secretary, of the Company. The signature of any of these persons on the Securities or coupons may be the manual or facsimile signatures of the present or any future such director or officer and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Securities.

          Securities or coupons bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper directors or officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities or coupons.

          At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series together with any coupon appertaining thereto, executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with such Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities; provided, however, that, in connection with its original issuance, no Bearer Security shall be mailed or otherwise delivered to any location in the United States; and provided further that, unless otherwise specified with respect to any series of Securities pursuant to Section 301, a Bearer Security may be delivered in connection with its original issuance only if the Person entitled to receive such Bearer Security shall have furnished a certificate in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 to this Indenture, dated no earlier than 15 days prior to the earlier of the date on which such Bearer Security is delivered and the date on which any temporary Security first becomes exchangeable for such Bearer Security in accordance with the terms of such temporary Security and this Indenture. If any Security shall be represented by a permanent global Security, then, for purposes of this Section and Section 304, the notation of a beneficial owner’s interest therein upon original issuance of such Security or upon exchange of a portion of a temporary global Security shall be deemed to be delivery in connection with its original issuance of such beneficial owner’s interest in such permanent global Security. Except as permitted by Section 306, the Trustee shall not authenticate and deliver any Bearer Security unless all appurtenant coupons for interest then matured have been detached and cancelled. If not all the Securities of any series are to be issued at one time and if the Board Resolution or supplemental indenture establishing such series shall so permit, such Company Order may set forth procedures acceptable to the Trustee for the issuance of such Securities and determining terms of particular

30


 

Securities of such series such as interest rate, stated maturity, date of issuance and date from which interest shall accrue.

          In authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to TIA Sections 315(a) through 315(d)) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating:

       (a) that the form or forms of such Securities and any coupons have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

       (b) that the terms of such Securities and any coupons have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and

       (c) that such Securities, together with any coupons appertaining thereto, when completed by appropriate insertions and executed and delivered by the Company to the Trustee for authentication in accordance with this Indenture, authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in accordance with this Indenture and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights, to general equitable principles and to such other qualifications as such counsel shall conclude do not materially affect the rights of Holders of such Securities and any coupons.

          Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 301 and of the preceding two paragraphs, if not all the Securities of any series are to be issued at one time, it shall not be necessary to deliver the Officers’ Certificate otherwise required pursuant to Section 301 or the Company Order and Opinion of Counsel otherwise required pursuant to the preceding two paragraphs prior to or at the time of issuance of each Security, but such documents shall be delivered prior to or at the time of issuance of the first Security of such series.

          The Trustee shall not be required to authenticate and deliver any such Securities if the issue of such Securities pursuant to this Indenture will affect the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Securities and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner which is not reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

          Each Registered Security shall be dated the date of its authentication and each Bearer Security shall be dated as of the date specified as contemplated by Section 301.

          No Security or coupon shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein duly executed by the Trustee by manual signature of an authorized officer, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security or coupon has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered

31


 

hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 310 together with a written statement (which need not comply with Section 102 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) stating that such Security has never been issued and sold by the Company, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

          SECTION 304. Temporary Securities.

          Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued, in registered form or, if authorized, in bearer form with one or more coupons or without coupons, and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as conclusively the directors or officers executing such Securities may determine, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Securities. Such temporary Securities may be in global form.

          Except in the case of temporary Securities in global form (which shall be exchanged in accordance with the provisions of the following paragraphs), if temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of that series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities of such series, the temporary Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such series upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any series (accompanied by any unmatured coupons appertaining thereto), the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Securities of the same series of authorized denominations; provided, however, that no definitive Bearer Security shall be delivered in exchange for a temporary Registered Security; and provided further that a definitive Bearer Security shall be delivered in exchange for a temporary Bearer Security only in compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 303. Until so exchanged the temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series.

          If temporary Securities of any series are issued in global form, any such temporary global Security shall, unless otherwise provided therein, be delivered to the                      office of a depositary or common depositary (the “Common Depositary”), for the benefit of Euroclear and Clearstream, for credit to the respective accounts of the beneficial owners of such Securities (or to such other accounts as they may direct).

          Without unnecessary delay but in any event not later than the date specified in, or determined pursuant to the terms of, any such temporary global Security (the “Exchange Date”), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee definitive Securities, in aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such temporary global Security, executed by the Company. On or after the Exchange Date such temporary global Security shall be surrendered by the Common

32


 

Depositary to the Trustee, as the Company’s agent for such purpose, to be exchanged, in whole or from time to time in part, for definitive Securities without charge and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for each portion of such temporary global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of definitive Securities of the same series of authorized denominations and of like tenor as the portion of such temporary global Security to be exchanged. The definitive Securities to be delivered in exchange for any such temporary global Security shall be in bearer form, registered form, permanent global bearer form or permanent global registered form, or any combination thereof, as specified as contemplated by Section 301, and, if any combination thereof is so specified, as requested by the beneficial owner thereof; provided, however, that, unless otherwise specified in such temporary global Security, upon such presentation by the Common Depositary, such temporary global Security is accompanied by a certificate dated the Exchange Date or a subsequent date and signed by Euroclear as to the portion of such temporary global Security held for its account then to be exchanged and a certificate dated the Exchange Date or a subsequent date and signed by Clearstream as to the portion of such temporary global Security held for its account then to be exchanged, each in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2 to this Indenture (or in such other form as may be established pursuant to Section 301); and provided further that definitive Bearer Securities shall be delivered in exchange for a portion of a temporary global Security only in compliance with the requirements of Section 303.

          Unless otherwise specified in such temporary global Security, the interest of a beneficial owner of Securities of a series in a temporary global Security shall be exchanged for definitive Securities of the same series and of like tenor following the Exchange Date when the account holder instructs Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, to request such exchange on his behalf and delivers to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, a certificate in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 to this Indenture (or in such other form as may be established pursuant to Section 301), dated no earlier than 15 days prior to the Exchange Date, copies of which certificate shall be available from the offices of Euroclear and Clearstream, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent appointed for such series of Securities and each Paying Agent. Unless otherwise specified in such temporary global Security, any such exchange shall be made free of charge to the beneficial owners of such temporary global Security, except that a Person receiving definitive Securities must bear the cost of insurance, postage, transportation and the like in the event that such Person does not take delivery of such definitive Securities in person at the offices of Euroclear or Clearstream. Definitive Securities in bearer form to be delivered in exchange for any portion of a temporary global Security shall be delivered only outside the United States.

          Until exchanged in full as hereinabove provided, the temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of the same series and of like tenor authenticated and delivered hereunder, except that, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, interest payable on a temporary global Security on an Interest Payment Date for Securities of such series occurring prior to the applicable Exchange Date shall be payable to Euroclear and Clearstream on such Interest Payment Date upon delivery by Euroclear and Clearstream to the Trustee of a certificate or certificates in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2 to this Indenture (or in such other form as may be established pursuant to Section 301), for credit without further interest thereon on or after such Interest Payment Date to the respective accounts of the Persons who are the beneficial owners of such temporary global Security on such Interest Payment Date and who have each delivered to

33


 

Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, a certificate dated no earlier than 15 days prior to the Interest Payment Date occurring prior to such Exchange Date in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 to this Indenture (or in such other form as may be established pursuant to Section 301). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the certifications made pursuant to this paragraph shall satisfy the certification requirements of the preceding two paragraphs of this Section and of the third paragraph of Section 303 of this Indenture and the interests of the Persons who are the beneficial owners of the temporary global Security with respect to which such certification was made will be exchanged for definitive Securities of the same series and of like tenor on the Exchange Date or the date of certification if such date occurs after the Exchange Date, without further act or deed by such beneficial owners. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, no payments of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, owing with respect to a beneficial interest in a temporary global Security will be made unless and until such interest in such temporary global Security shall have been exchanged for an interest in a definitive Security. Any interest so received by Euroclear and Clearstream and not paid as herein provided shall be returned to the Trustee immediately prior to the expiration of two years after such Interest Payment Date in order to be repaid to the Company in accordance with Section 1003.

          SECTION 305. Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

          The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee a register for each series of Securities (the registers maintained in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and in any other office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “Security Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Registered Securities and of transfers of Registered Securities. The Security Register shall be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. At all reasonable times, the Security Register shall be open to inspection by the Trustee. The Trustee is hereby initially appointed as security registrar (the “Security Registrar”) for the purpose of registering Registered Securities and transfers of Registered Securities as herein provided.

          Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Registered Security of any series at the office or agency in a Place of Payment for that series, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee, one or more new Registered Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor.

          At the option of the Holder, Registered Securities of any series may be exchanged for other Registered Securities of the same series, of any authorized denomination and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Registered Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Registered Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Registered Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive. Unless otherwise specified with respect to any series of Securities as contemplated by Section 301, Bearer Securities may not be issued in exchange for Registered Securities.

34


 

          If (but only if) expressly permitted in or pursuant to the applicable Board Resolution and (subject to Section 303) set forth in the applicable Officers’ Certificate, or in any indenture supplemental hereto, delivered as contemplated by Section 301, at the option of the Holder, Bearer Securities of any series may be exchanged for Registered Securities of the same series of any authorized denomination and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor, upon surrender of the Bearer Securities to be exchanged at any such office or agency, with all unmatured coupons and all matured coupons in default thereto appertaining. If the Holder of a Bearer Security is unable to produce any such unmatured coupon or coupons or matured coupon or coupons in default, any such permitted exchange may be effected if the Bearer Securities are accompanied by payment in funds acceptable to the Company in an amount equal to the face amount of such missing coupon or coupons, or the surrender of such missing coupon or coupons may be waived by the Company and the Trustee if there is furnished to them such security or indemnity as they may require to save each of them and any Paying Agent harmless. If thereafter the Holder of such Security shall surrender to any Paying Agent any such missing coupon in respect of which such a payment shall have been made, such Holder shall be entitled to receive the amount of such payment; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 1002, interest represented by coupons shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of those coupons at an office or agency located outside the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case a Bearer Security of any series is surrendered at any such office or agency in a permitted exchange for a Registered Security of the same series and like tenor after the close of business at such office or agency on (i) any Regular Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the relevant Interest Payment Date, or (ii) any Special Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the related proposed date for payment of Defaulted Interest, such Bearer Security shall be surrendered without the coupon relating to such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, and interest or Defaulted Interest, as the case may be, will not be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, in respect of the Registered Security issued in exchange for such Bearer Security, but will be payable only to the Holder of such coupon when due in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

          Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, any permanent global Security shall be exchangeable only as provided in this paragraph. If any beneficial owner of an interest in a permanent global Security is entitled to exchange such interest for Securities of such series and of like tenor and principal amount of another authorized form and denomination, as specified as contemplated by Section 301 and provided that any applicable notice provided in the permanent global Security shall have been given, then without unnecessary delay but in any event not later than the earliest date on which such interest may be so exchanged, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee definitive Securities in aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such beneficial owner’s interest in such permanent global Security, executed by the Company. On or after the earliest date on which such interests may be so exchanged, such permanent global Security shall be surrendered by the Common Depositary or such other depositary as shall be specified in the Company Order

35


 

with respect thereto to the Trustee, as the Company’s agent for such purpose, to be exchanged, in whole or from time to time in part, for definitive Securities without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for each portion of such permanent global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of definitive Securities of the same series of authorized denominations and of like tenor as the portion of such permanent global Security to be exchanged which, unless the Securities of the series are not issuable both as Bearer Securities and as Registered Securities, as specified as contemplated by Section 301, shall be in the form of Bearer Securities or Registered Securities, or any combination thereof, as shall be specified by the beneficial owner thereof; provided, however, that no such exchanges may occur during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any selection of Securities to be redeemed and ending on the relevant Redemption Date if the Security for which exchange is requested may be among those selected for redemption; and provided, further, that no Bearer Security delivered in exchange for a portion of a permanent global Security shall be mailed or otherwise delivered to any location in the United States. If a Registered Security is issued in exchange for any portion of a permanent global Security after the close of business at the office or agency where such exchange occurs on (i) any Regular Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the relevant Interest Payment Date, or (ii) any Special Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the related proposed date for payment of Defaulted Interest, interest or Defaulted Interest, as the case may be, will not be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, in respect of such Registered Security, but will be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, only to the Person to whom interest in respect of such portion of such permanent global Security is payable in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

          The provisions of clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) below shall apply only to global Registered Securities:

       (1) Each global Registered Security authenticated under this Indenture shall be registered in the name of the depositary designated for such global Registered Security or a nominee thereof and delivered to such depositary or a nominee thereof or custodian therefor, and each such global Registered Security shall constitute a single Security for all purposes of this Indenture.

       (2) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, no global Registered Security may be exchanged for Securities registered, and no transfer of a global Registered Security in whole or in part may be registered, in the name of any Person other than the depositary for such global Registered Security or a nominee thereof unless (A) such depositary (i) has notified the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such global Registered Security or (ii) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and the Company does not appoint another institution to act as depositary within 120 days after the date of the notice described in clause (i) or the cessation described in clause (ii), as the case may be, (B) the Company notifies the Trustee that the Company desires to terminate such global Registered Security, (C) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to such global Registered Security or (D) there shall exist such other

36


 

  circumstances, if any, as have been specified for this purpose as contemplated by Section 301.

       (3) Subject to clause (2) above, any exchange of a global Registered Security for other Securities may be made in whole or in part, and all Securities issued in exchange for a global Registered Security or any portion thereof shall be registered in such names as the depositary for such global Registered Security shall direct.

       (4) Every Security authenticated and delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, a global Registered Security or any portion thereof, whether pursuant to this Section, Section 304, 306, 906 or 1107 or otherwise, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be a global Registered Security, unless such Security is registered in the name of a Person other than the depositary for such global Registered Security or a nominee thereof.

          All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

          Every Registered Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Security Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

          No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 304, 906, 1107 or 1305 not involving any transfer.

          The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange Securities of any series during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the selection for redemption of Securities of that series under Section 1103 or 1203 and ending at the close of business on (A) if Securities of the series are issuable only as Registered Securities, the day of the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption and (B) if Securities of the series are issuable as Bearer Securities, the day of the first publication of the relevant notice of redemption or, if Securities of the series are also issuable as Registered Securities and there is no publication, the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Registered Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part, or (iii) to exchange any Bearer Security so selected for redemption except that such a Bearer Security may be exchanged for a Registered Security of that series and like tenor; provided that such Registered Security shall be simultaneously surrendered for redemption, or (iv) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security which has been surrendered for repayment at the option of the Holder, except the portion, if any, of such Security not to be so repaid.

37


 

          Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by Euroclear, Clearstream or any depositary.

          SECTION 306. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.

          If any mutilated Security or a Security with a mutilated coupon appertaining to it is surrendered to the Trustee, together with, in proper cases, such security or indemnity as may be required by the Company or the Trustee to save each of them or any agent of each of them harmless, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of the same series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, with coupons corresponding to the coupons, if any, appertaining to the surrendered Security.

          If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security or coupon and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security or coupon has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security or in exchange for the Security to which a destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains (with all appurtenant coupons not destroyed, lost or stolen), a new Security of the same series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, with coupons corresponding to the coupons, if any, appertaining to such destroyed, lost or stolen Security or to the Security to which such destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains.

          Notwithstanding the provisions of the previous two paragraphs, in case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security or coupon has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, with coupons corresponding to the coupons, if any, appertaining to such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security or to the Security to which such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains, pay such Security or coupon; provided, however, that payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on Bearer Securities shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 1002, be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United States and, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, any interest on Bearer Securities shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the coupons appertaining thereto.

          Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

          Every new Security of any series with its coupons, if any, issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security or in exchange for a Security to which a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains, shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security and its coupons, if any, or the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen coupon shall be

38


 

at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of that series and their coupons, if any, duly issued hereunder.

          The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities or coupons.

          SECTION 307. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved; Optional Interest Reset.

          (a)  Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to any series of Securities, interest, if any, on any Registered Security which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 1002; provided, however, that each installment of interest, if any, on any Registered Security may at the Company’s option be paid by (i) mailing a check for such interest, payable to or upon the written order of the Person entitled thereto pursuant to Section 309, to the address of such Person as it appears on the Security Register or (ii) transfer to an account maintained by such Person.

          Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to the Securities of any series, in the case of a Bearer Security, payment of interest, if any, may be made upon presentation and surrender of the coupon appertaining thereto in respect of such payment. Such payment may be made by transfer to an account located outside the United States maintained by the Person entitled thereto pursuant to Section 309.

          Any interest on any Registered Security of any series which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such defaulted interest and, if applicable, interest on such defaulted interest (to the extent lawful) at the rate specified in the Securities of such series (such defaulted interest and, if applicable, interest thereon herein collectively called “Defaulted Interest”) may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below:

       (1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Registered Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Registered Security of such series and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 312(b), 312(d) and 312(e)) equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make

39


 

  arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be given in the manner provided in Section 106, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose name the Registered Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2).

       (2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Registered Securities of any series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

          (b)  The provisions of this Section 307(b) may be made applicable to any series of Securities pursuant to Section 301 (with such modifications, additions or substitutions as may be specified pursuant to such Section 301). The interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) on any Security of such series may be reset by the Company on the date or dates specified on the face of such Security (each an “Optional Reset Date”). The Company may exercise such option with respect to such Security by notifying the Trustee of such exercise at least 50 but not more than 60 days prior to an Optional Reset Date for such Note. Not later than 40 days prior to each Optional Reset Date, the Trustee shall transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 106, to the Holder of any such Security a notice (the “Reset Notice”) indicating whether the Company has elected to reset the interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable), and if so (i) such new interest rate (or such new spread or spread multiplier, if applicable) and (ii) the provisions, if any, for redemption during the period from such Optional Reset Date to the next Optional Reset Date or if there is no such next Optional Reset Date, to the Stated Maturity Date of such Security (each such period a “Subsequent Interest Period”), including the date or dates on which or the period or periods during which and the price or prices at which such redemption may occur during the Subsequent Interest Period.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, not later than 20 days prior to the Optional Reset Date, the Company may, at its option, revoke the interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) provided for in the Reset Notice and establish an interest rate (or a spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) that is higher than the interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier, if applicable) provided for in the Reset Notice, for the Subsequent Interest Period by causing the Trustee to transmit, in the

40


 

manner provided for in Section 106, notice of such higher interest rate (or such higher spread or spread multiplier, if applicable) to the Holder of such Security. Such notice shall be irrevocable. All Securities with respect to which the interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) is reset on an Optional Reset Date, and with respect to which the Holders of such Securities have not tendered such Securities for repayment (or have validly revoked any such tender) pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph, will bear such higher interest rate (or such higher spread or spread multiplier, if applicable).

          The Holder of any such Security will have the option to elect repayment by the Company of the principal of such Security on each Optional Reset Date at a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus interest accrued to such Optional Reset Date. In order to obtain repayment on an Optional Reset Date, the Holder must follow the procedures set forth in Article Thirteen for repayment at the option of Holders except that the period for delivery or notification to the Trustee shall be at least 25 but not more than 35 days prior to such Optional Reset Date and except that, if the Holder has tendered any Security for repayment pursuant to the Reset Notice, the Holder may, by written notice to the Trustee, revoke such tender or repayment until the close of business on the tenth day before such Optional Reset Date.

          Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section and Section 305, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.

          SECTION 308. Optional Extension of Stated Maturity.

          The provisions of this Section 308 may be made applicable to any series of Securities pursuant to Section 301 (with such modifications, additions or substitutions as may be specified pursuant to such Section 301). The Stated Maturity of any Security of such series may be extended at the option of the Company for the period or periods specified on the face of such Security (each an “Extension Period”) up to but not beyond the date (the “Final Maturity”) set forth on the face of such Security. The Company may exercise such option with respect to any Security by notifying the Trustee of such exercise at least 50 but not more than 60 days prior to the Stated Maturity of such Security in effect prior to the exercise of such option (the “Original Stated Maturity”). If the Company exercises such option, the Trustee shall transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 106, to the Holder of such Security not later than 40 days prior to the Original Stated Maturity a notice (the “Extension Notice”) indicating (i) the election of the Company to extend the Stated Maturity, (ii) the new Stated Maturity, (iii) the interest rate, if any, applicable to the Extension Period and (iv) the provisions, if any, for redemption during such Extension Period. Upon the Trustee’s transmittal of the Extension Notice, the Stated Maturity of such Security shall be extended automatically and, except as modified by the Extension Notice and as described in the next paragraph, such Security will have the same terms as prior to the transmittal of such Extension Notice.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, not later than 20 days before the Original Stated Maturity of such Security, the Company may, at its option, revoke the interest rate provided for in the Extension Notice and establish a higher interest rate for the Extension Period by causing the Trustee to transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 106, notice of such higher interest

41


 

rate to the Holder of such Security. Such notice shall be irrevocable. All Securities with respect to which the Stated Maturity is extended will bear such higher interest rate.

          If the Company extends the Maturity of any Security, the Holder will have the option to elect repayment of such Security by the Company on the Original Stated Maturity at a price equal to the principal amount thereof, plus interest accrued to such date. In order to obtain repayment on the Original Stated Maturity once the Company has extended the Maturity thereof, the Holder must follow the procedures set forth in Article Thirteen for repayment at the option of Holders, except that the period for delivery or notification to the Trustee shall be at least 25 but not more than 35 days prior to the Original Stated Maturity and except that, if the Holder has tendered any Security for repayment pursuant to an Extension Notice, the Holder may by written notice to the Trustee revoke such tender for repayment until the close of business on the tenth day before the Original Stated Maturity.

          SECTION 309. Persons Deemed Owners.

          Prior to due presentment of a Registered Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Registered Security is registered as the owner of such Registered Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Sections 305 and 307) interest, if any, on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security be overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

          Title to any Bearer Security and any coupons appertaining thereto shall pass by delivery. The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the bearer of any Bearer Security and the bearer of any coupon as the absolute owner of such Security or coupon for the purpose of receiving payment thereof or on account thereof and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security or coupons be overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

          None of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Security Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Security in global form or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any global Security, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee, or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by any depositary, as a Holder, with respect to such global Security or impair, as between such depositary and owners of beneficial interests in such global Security, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of such depositary (or its nominee) as Holder of such global Security.

          SECTION 310. Cancellation.

          All Securities and coupons surrendered for payment, redemption, repayment at the option of the Holder, registration of transfer or exchange or for credit against any current or

42


 

future sinking fund payment shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee. All Securities and coupons so delivered to the Trustee shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. If the Company shall so acquire any of the Securities, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Securities unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Securities held by the Trustee shall be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures and certification of their disposal delivered to the Company, unless by a Company Order the Company shall direct that cancelled Securities be returned to it.

          SECTION 311. Computation of Interest.

          Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to any Securities, interest, if any, on the Securities of each series shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

          SECTION 312. Currency and Manner of Payments in Respect of Securities.

          (a)  Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301, with respect to Registered Securities of any series not permitting the election provided for in paragraph (b) below or the Holders of which have not made the election provided for in paragraph (b) below, and with respect to Bearer Securities of any series, except as provided in paragraph (d) below, payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any Registered or Bearer Security of such series will be made in the Currency in which such Registered Security or Bearer Security, as the case may be, is payable. The provisions of this Section 312 may be modified or superseded with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301.

          (b)  It may be provided pursuant to Section 301 with respect to Registered Securities of any series that Holders shall have the option, subject to paragraphs (d) and (e) below, to receive payments of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on such Registered Securities in any of the Currencies which may be designated for such election by delivering to the Trustee a written election with signature guarantees and in the applicable form established pursuant to Section 301, not later than the close of business on the Election Date immediately preceding the applicable payment date. If a Holder so elects to receive such payments in any such Currency, such election will remain in effect for such Holder or any transferee of such Holder until changed by such Holder or such transferee by written notice to the Trustee (but any such change must be made not later than the close of business on the Election Date immediately preceding the next payment date to be effective for the payment to be made on such payment date and no such change of election may be made with respect to payments to be made on any Registered Security of such series with respect to which an Event of

43


 

Default has occurred or with respect to which the Company has deposited funds pursuant to Article Four or Fourteen or with respect to which a notice of redemption has been given by the Company or a notice of option to elect repayment has been sent by such Holder or such transferee). Any Holder of any such Registered Security who shall not have delivered any such election to the Trustee not later than the close of business on the applicable Election Date will be paid the amount due on the applicable payment date in the relevant Currency as provided in Section 312(a). The Trustee shall notify the Exchange Rate Agent as soon as practicable after the Election Date of the aggregate principal amount of Registered Securities for which Holders have made such written election.

          (c)  Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301, if the election referred to in paragraph (b) above has been provided for pursuant to Section 301, then, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301, not later than the fourth Business Day after the Election Date for each payment date for Registered Securities of any series, the Exchange Rate Agent will deliver to the Company a written notice specifying, in the Currency in which Registered Securities of such series are payable, the respective aggregate amounts of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Registered Securities to be paid on such payment date, specifying the amounts in such Currency so payable in respect of the Registered Securities as to which the Holders of Registered Securities of such series shall have elected to be paid in another Currency as provided in paragraph (b) above. If the election referred to in paragraph (b) above has been provided for pursuant to Section 301 and if at least one Holder has made such election, then, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301, on the second Business Day preceding such payment date the Company will deliver to the Trustee for such series of Registered Securities an Exchange Rate Officers’ Certificate in respect of the Dollar or Foreign Currency payments to be made on such payment date. Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301, the Dollar or Foreign Currency amount receivable by Holders of Registered Securities who have elected payment in a Currency as provided in paragraph (b) above shall be determined by the Company on the basis of the applicable Market Exchange Rate in effect on the third Business Day (the “Valuation Date”) immediately preceding each payment date, and such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

          (d)  If a Conversion Event occurs with respect to a Foreign Currency in which any of the Securities are denominated or payable other than pursuant to an election provided for pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then with respect to each date for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the applicable Securities denominated or payable in such Foreign Currency occurring after the last date on which such Foreign Currency was used (the “Conversion Date”), the Dollar shall be the Currency of payment for use on each such payment date. Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301, the Dollar amount to be paid by the Company to the Trustee and by the Trustee or any Paying Agent to the Holders of such Securities with respect to such payment date shall be, in the case of a Foreign Currency other than a currency unit, the Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency or, in the case of a currency unit, the Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit, in each case as determined by the Exchange Rate Agent in the manner provided in paragraph (f) or (g) below.

          (e)  Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301, if the Holder of a Registered Security denominated in any Currency shall have elected to be paid in another Currency as provided in paragraph (b) above, and a Conversion Event occurs with respect to

44


 

such elected Currency, such Holder shall receive payment in the Currency in which payment would have been made in the absence of such election; and if a Conversion Event occurs with respect to the Currency in which payment would have been made in the absence of such election, such Holder shall receive payment in Dollars as provided in paragraph (d) above.

          (f)  The “Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency” shall be determined by the Exchange Rate Agent and shall be obtained for each subsequent payment date by converting the specified Foreign Currency into Dollars at the Market Exchange Rate on the Conversion Date.

          (g)  The “Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit” shall be determined by the Exchange Rate Agent and subject to the provisions of paragraph (h) below shall be the sum of each amount obtained by converting the Specified Amount of each Component Currency into Dollars at the Market Exchange Rate for such Component Currency on the Valuation Date with respect to each payment.

          (h)  For purposes of this Section 312 the following terms shall have the following meanings:

       A “Component Currency” shall mean any Currency which, on the Conversion Date, was a component currency of the relevant currency unit, including, but not limited to, the euro.

       A “Specified Amount” of a Component Currency shall mean the number of units of such Component Currency or fractions thereof which were represented in the relevant currency unit, including, but not limited to, the euro, on the Conversion Date. If after the Conversion Date the official unit of any Component Currency is altered by way of combination or subdivision, the Specified Amount of such Component Currency shall be divided or multiplied in the same proportion. If after the Conversion Date two or more Component Currencies are consolidated into a single currency, the respective Specified Amounts of such Component Currencies shall be replaced by an amount in such single Currency equal to the sum of the respective Specified Amounts of such consolidated Component Currencies expressed in such single Currency, and such amount shall thereafter be a Specified Amount and such single Currency shall thereafter be a Component Currency. If after the Conversion Date any Component Currency shall be divided into two or more Currencies, the Specified Amount of such Component Currency shall be replaced by amounts of such two or more Currencies, having an aggregate Dollar Equivalent value at the Market Exchange Rate on the date of such replacement equal to the Dollar Equivalent value of the Specified Amount of such former Component Currency at the Market Exchange Rate immediately before such division and such amounts shall thereafter be Specified Amounts and such currencies shall thereafter be Component Currencies. If, after the Conversion Date of the relevant currency unit, including, but not limited to, the euro, a Conversion Event (other than any event referred to above in this definition of “Specified Amount”) occurs with respect to any Component Currency of such currency unit and is continuing on the applicable Valuation Date, the Specified Amount of such Component Currency shall, for purposes of calculating the

45


 

  Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit, be converted into Dollars at the Market Exchange Rate in effect on the Conversion Date of such Component Currency.

       “Election Date” shall mean the date for any series of Registered Securities as specified pursuant to clause (13) of Section 301 by which the written election referred to in paragraph (b) above may be made.

          All decisions and determinations of the Exchange Rate Agent regarding the Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency, the Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit, the Market Exchange Rate and changes in the Specified Amounts as specified above shall be in its sole discretion and shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive for all purposes and irrevocably binding upon the Company, the Trustee and all Holders of such Securities denominated or payable in the relevant Currency. The Exchange Rate Agent shall promptly give written notice to the Company and the Trustee of any such decision or determination.

          In the event that the Company determines in good faith that a Conversion Event has occurred with respect to a Foreign Currency, the Company will immediately give written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Exchange Rate Agent (and the Trustee will promptly thereafter give notice in the manner provided for in Section 106 to the affected Holders) specifying the Conversion Date. In the event the Company so determines that a Conversion Event has occurred with respect to the euro or any other currency unit in which Securities are denominated or payable, the Company will immediately give written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Exchange Rate Agent (and the Trustee will promptly thereafter give notice in the manner provided for in Section 106 to the affected Holders) specifying the Conversion Date and the Specified Amount of each Component Currency on the Conversion Date. In the event the Company determines in good faith that any subsequent change in any Component Currency as set forth in the definition of Specified Amount above has occurred, the Company will similarly give written notice to the Trustee and the Exchange Rate Agent.

          The Trustee shall be fully justified and protected in relying and acting upon information received by it from the Company and the Exchange Rate Agent and shall not otherwise have any duty or obligation to determine the accuracy or validity of such information independent of the Company or the Exchange Rate Agent.

          SECTION 313. Appointment and Resignation of Successor Exchange Rate Agent.

          (a)  Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301, if and so long as the Securities of any series (i) are denominated in a Currency other than Dollars or (ii) may be payable in a Currency other than Dollars, or so long as it is required under any other provision of this Indenture, then the Company will maintain with respect to each such series of Securities, or as so required, at least one Exchange Rate Agent. The Company will cause the Exchange Rate Agent to make the necessary foreign exchange determinations at the time and in the manner specified pursuant to Section 301 for the purpose of determining the applicable rate of exchange and, if applicable, for the purpose of converting the issued Currency into the applicable payment Currency for the payment of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, pursuant to Section 312.

46


 

          (b)  No resignation of the Exchange Rate Agent and no appointment of a successor Exchange Rate Agent pursuant to this Section shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Exchange Rate Agent as evidenced by a written instrument delivered to the Company and the Trustee.

          (c)  If the Exchange Rate Agent shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Exchange Rate Agent for any cause with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Exchange Rate Agent or Exchange Rate Agents with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Exchange Rate Agent may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301, at any time there shall only be one Exchange Rate Agent with respect to the Securities of any particular series that are originally issued by the Company on the same date and that are initially denominated and/or payable in the same Currency).

          SECTION 314. CUSIP Numbers.

          The Company in issuing the Securities may use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall indicate the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers of the Securities in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; PROVIDED that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

ARTICLE FOUR

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

          SECTION 401. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

          This Indenture shall upon Company Request cease to be of further effect with respect to any series of Securities specified in such Company Request (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities of such series expressly provided for herein or pursuant hereto and any right to receive Additional Amounts as contemplated by Section 1005) and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such series, when

          (1)  either

       (A) all Securities of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered and all coupons, if any, appertaining thereto (other than (i) coupons appertaining to Bearer Securities surrendered for exchange for Registered Securities and maturing after such exchange, whose surrender is not required or has been waived as provided in Section 305, (ii) Securities and coupons of such series which have

47


 

  been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306, (iii) coupons appertaining to Securities called for redemption and maturing after the relevant Redemption Date, whose surrender has been waived as provided in Section 1106, and (iv) Securities and coupons of such series for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 1003) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

       (B) all Securities of such series and, in the case of (i) or (ii) below, any coupons appertaining thereto not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

       (i) have become due and payable, or

       (ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

       (iii) if redeemable at the option of the Company, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

    and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for such purpose an amount in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable, sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities and such coupons not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

       (2) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and

       (3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such series have been complied with.

          Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 606, the obligations of the Company to any Authenticating Agent under Section 611 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 402, any rights to Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 1005 and the last paragraph of Section 1003 shall survive.

          SECTION 402. Application of Trust Money.

48


 

          Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities, the coupons and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with or received by the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

ARTICLE FIVE

REMEDIES

          SECTION 501. Events of Default.

          “Event of Default”, wherever used herein with respect to Securities of any particular series, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether or not it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

       (1) default in the payment of any interest or any Additional Amounts upon on any Security of that series, or of any related coupon appertaining thereto, when such interest, Additional Amount or coupon becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or

       (2) default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security of that series when it becomes due and payable at its Maturity; or

       (3) default in the deposit of any sinking fund payment, when and as due by the terms of the Securities of that series and Article Twelve; or

       (4) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture with respect to any Security of that series (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is specifically dealt with elsewhere in this Section) and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee, or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

       (5) the Company pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

       (a) commences a voluntary case,

       (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

49


 

       (c) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or

       (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

       (6) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

       (a) is for relief against the Company in an involuntary case,

       (b) appoints a Custodian of the Company for all or substantially all of its properties, or

       (c) orders the liquidation of the Company,

       and, in the case of (a), (b) or (c), the order or decree or other measures remain unstayed and in effect for 90 days; or

       (7) any other Event of Default provided with respect to Securities of that series.

The term “Bankruptcy Law” means title 11, U.S. Code, any similar Federal or State law for the relief of debtors, and any similar South Africa law for the relief of debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or other similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

          SECTION 502. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

          If an Event of Default described in Section 501 with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series may declare the principal (or, if the Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Securities or Indexed Securities, such portion of the principal as may be specified in the terms of that series) of all of the Securities of that series to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal (or specified portion thereof) shall become immediately due and payable.

          At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Securities of any series has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

       (1) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 312(b), 312(d) and 312(e)):

50


 

       (A) all overdue interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on all Outstanding Securities of that series (or of all series, as the case may be) and any related coupons,

       (B) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) Outstanding Securities of that series which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, and interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities,

       (C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, and

       (D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and

       (2) all Events of Default with respect to Securities of that series, other than the non-payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on Securities of that series which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 513.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

          SECTION 503. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

          The Company covenants that if

       (1) default is made in the payment of any installment of interest and Additional Amounts on any Security of any series and any related coupon when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or

       (2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security of any series at its Maturity,

then the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of Securities of such series and coupons, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities and coupons for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, with interest on any overdue principal (and premium, if any) and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, on any overdue interest, at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

          If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon Securities of such series and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided

51


 

by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon Securities of such series, wherever situated.

          If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series and related coupons by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

          SECTION 504. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

          In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities of any series shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal, premium, if any, or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

       (i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (or in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities or Indexed Securities, such portion of the principal as may be specified in the terms thereof) (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

       (ii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder of Securities of such series and coupons to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee, their agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee under Section 606.

          Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder of a Security or coupon any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or coupons or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder of a security or coupon in any such proceeding.

          SECTION 505. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities.

52


 

          All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities or coupons may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or coupons or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities and coupons in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

          SECTION 506. Application of Money Collected.

          Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, upon presentation of the Securities or coupons, or both, as the case may be, and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

       First: To the payment of all amounts due to the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 606;

       Second: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Securities and coupons in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the aggregate amounts due and payable on such Securities and coupons for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, respectively; and

       Third: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company or any other Persons entitled thereto.

       SECTION 507. Limitation on Suits.

          No Holder of any Security of any series or any related coupon shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

       (1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series;

       (2) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

       (3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

53


 

       (4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

       (5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series;

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders.

          SECTION 508. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest.

          Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security or coupon shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 307) interest, if any, on such Security or payment of such coupon, as the case may be, on the respective due dates expressed in such Security or coupon (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

          SECTION 509. Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

          If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of Securities and coupons shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

          SECTION 510. Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

          Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities or coupons in the last paragraph of Section 306, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities or coupons is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

          SECTION 511. Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

54


 

          No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Security or coupon to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

          SECTION 512. Control by Holders.

          With respect to the Securities of any series, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series, provided that:

       (1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture,

       (2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction, and

       (3) the Trustee need not take any action which might involve it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders of Securities of such series not consenting.

          SECTION 513. Waiver of Past Defaults.

          The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series and any related coupons waive any past default hereunder with respect to such series and its consequences, except a default

       (1) in respect of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Security of such series or any related coupons, or

       (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series affected.

          Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

          SECTION 514. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.

          The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or

55


 

advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE SIX

THE TRUSTEE

          SECTION 601. Notice of Defaults.

          Within 90 days after the occurrence of any Default hereunder with respect to the Securities of any series, the Trustee shall transmit in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c), notice of such Default hereunder known to the Trustee, unless such Default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Security of such series or, in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund installment with respect to Securities of such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of Securities and coupons of such series; and provided further that in the case of any Default of the character specified in Section 501(4) with respect to Securities and coupons of such series, no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 60 days after the occurrence thereof.

          SECTION 602. Certain Rights of Trustee.

          Subject to the provisions of TIA Sections 315(a) through 315(d):

       (1) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

       (2) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order (other than delivery of any Security, together with any coupons appertaining thereto, to the Trustee for authentication and delivery pursuant to Section 303 which shall be sufficiently evidenced as provided therein) and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

       (3) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed)

56


 

  may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon a Board Resolution, an Opinion of Counsel or an Officers’ Certificate;

       (4) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

       (5) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of Securities of any series or any related coupons pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

       (6) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney, provided that the Trustee shall not be entitled to such information which the Company is prevented from disclosing as a matter of law or contract;

       (7) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

       (8) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;

       (9) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture;

       (10) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each Agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder; and

       (11) the Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of directors or officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate

57


 

  may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

          The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

          SECTION 603. Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

          The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except for the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, and in any coupons shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities or coupons, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Securities and perform its obligations hereunder and that the statements made by it in a Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 supplied to the Company are true and accurate, subject to the qualifications set forth therein. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof.

          SECTION 604. May Hold Securities.

          The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Security Registrar or any other agent of the Company or the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and coupons and, subject to TIA Sections 310(b) and 311, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Security Registrar or such other agent.

          SECTION 605. Money Held in Trust.

          Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Company.

          SECTION 606. Compensation and Reimbursement.

          The Company agrees:

       (1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder as has been agreed in writing (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

       (2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the

58


 

  reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith; and

       (3) to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on its own part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

          The obligations of the Company under this Section to compensate the Trustee, to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances and to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder and shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. As security for the performance of such obligations of the Company, the Trustee shall have a claim prior to the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the Holders of particular Securities or any coupons.

          SECTION 607. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.

          (a)  There shall be at all times a Trustee hereunder which shall be eligible to act as Trustee under TIA Section 310(a)(1) and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of U.S. Federal, State, territorial or District of Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

          SECTION 608. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

          (a)  No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 609.

          (b)  The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company.

          (c)  The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Securities of any series by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

          (d)  If at any time:

59


 

       (1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of TIA Section 310(b) after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or

       (2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 607(a) and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or

       (3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, (i) the Company, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, or (ii) subject to TIA Section 315(e), any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee with respect to all Securities and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

          (e)  If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series). If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

          (f)  The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series in the manner provided for notices to the Holders of Securities of such series in Section 106. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

          SECTION 609. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

60


 

          (a)  In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

          (b)  In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (1) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (2) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring with respect to all Securities, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee, and (3) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates; but, on request of the Company or any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates. Whenever there is a successor Trustee with respect to one or more (but less than all) series of securities issued pursuant to this Indenture, the terms “Indenture” and “Securities” shall have the meanings specified in the provisos to the respective definitions of those terms in Section 101 which contemplate such situation.

          (c)  Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

          (d)  No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

61


 

          SECTION 610. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

          Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities or coupons shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities or coupons so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities or coupons. In case any of the Securities or coupons shall not have been authenticated by such predecessor Trustee, any successor Trustee may authenticate and deliver such Securities or coupons either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee. In all such cases such certificates shall have the full force and effect which this Indenture provides for the certificate of authentication of the Trustee; provided, however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or to authenticate Securities in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

          SECTION 611. Appointment of Authenticating Agent.

          At any time when any of the Securities remain Outstanding, the Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to one or more series of Securities which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, and a copy of such instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Company. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and, except as may otherwise be provided pursuant to Section 301, shall at all times be a bank or trust company or corporation organized and doing business and in good standing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

62


 

          Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

          An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall give written notice of such appointment to all Holders of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve, in the manner provided for in Section 106. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

          The Trustee agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section, and the Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed for such payments, subject to the provisions of Section 606.

          If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in the following form:

          Dated:                                           

       This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

         
    [NAME OF TRUSTEE],
as Trustee
         
    By
     
as Authenticating Agent
    By
     
Authorized Officer

ARTICLE SEVEN

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

          SECTION 701. Disclosure of Names and Addresses of Holders.

63


 

          Every Holder of Securities or coupons, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that none of the Company or the Trustee or any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders in accordance with TIA Section 312, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under TIA Section 312(b).

          SECTION 702. Reports by Trustee.

          Within 60 days after May 15 of each year commencing with the first May 15 after the first issuance of Securities pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall transmit to the Holders of Securities, in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c), a brief report dated as of May 15 if required by TIA Section 313(a).

          A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange, if any, upon which the Securities are listed, with the Commission and with the Company. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of the listing of the Securities on any stock exchange.

          SECTION 703. Reports by the Company.

          The Company shall:

       (1) file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Company is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents, and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or, if the Company is not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of such Sections, then it shall file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in respect of a security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations;

       (2) file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Company with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and

       (3) transmit to all Holders, in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c), within 30 days after the filing thereof with the Trustee, such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant

64


 

  to paragraphs (1) and (2) of this Section as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission.

          Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder.

ARTICLE EIGHT

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR TRANSFER

          SECTION 801. Company May Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms.

          The Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other corporation or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:

       (1) the Company shall be the continuing corporation, or the corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Company’s obligation for the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on all the Securities and the performance and observance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

       (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

       (3) the Company or such Person shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

          This Section shall only apply to a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation and to conveyances and transfers by the Company as transferor.

          SECTION 802. Successor Person Substituted.

          Upon any consolidation by the Company or merger by the Company into any other corporation, or any conveyance or transfer of the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety to any Person in accordance with Section 801, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; and in the event of any such conveyance or

65


 

transfer, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities and the coupons and may be dissolved and liquidated.

ARTICLE NINE

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

          SECTION 901. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders.

          Without the consent of any Holders, the Company, when authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

       (1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company contained herein and in the Securities; or

       (2) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities and any related coupons (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; or

       (3) to add any additional Events of Default (and if such Events of Default are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such Events of Default are being included solely for the benefit of such series); provided, however, that in respect of any such additional Events of Default such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such default or may limit the right of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of that or those series of Securities to which such additional Events of Default apply to waive such default; or

       (4) to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to provide that Bearer Securities may be registrable as to principal, to change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal of or any premium or interest on Bearer Securities, to permit Bearer Securities to be issued in exchange for Registered Securities, to permit Bearer Securities to be issued in exchange for Bearer Securities of other authorized denominations or to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities in uncertificated form; provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series or any related coupons in any material respect; or

       (5) to change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture; provided that any such change or elimination shall become effective only when there is no Security

66


 

  Outstanding of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture which is entitled to the benefit of such provision; or

       (6) to secure the Securities pursuant to the requirements of Section 1006 or otherwise; or

       (7) to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as permitted by Sections 201 and 301; or

       (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee; or

       (9) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; provided any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series and any related coupons in any material respect; or

       (10) to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of any series of Securities pursuant to Sections 401, 1402 and 1403; provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of such series and any related coupons or any other series of Securities in any material respect.

          SECTION 902. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders.

          With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of all Outstanding Securities affected by such supplemental indenture, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture which affect such series of Securities or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series:

       (1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of (or premium, if any) or any installment of interest on any Security of such series, or reduce the principal amount thereof (or premium, if any) or the rate of interest, if any, thereon, or change any obligation of the Company to pay Additional Amounts contemplated by Section 1005 (except as contemplated by Section 801(1) and permitted by Section 901(1)), or reduce the amount of the principal of an Original Issue Discount Security of such series that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502 or the amount thereof provable in bankruptcy pursuant to Section 504, or adversely affect any right of repayment at the option of any Holder of any Security of such series, or change any Place of Payment where, or the Currency in which,

67


 

  any Security of such series or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption or repayment at the option of the Holder, on or after the Redemption Date or Repayment Date, as the case may be), or adversely affect any right to convert or exchange any Security as may be provided pursuant to Section 301 herein, or

       (2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture which affect such series or certain defaults applicable to such series hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Indenture, or reduce the requirements of Section 1504 for quorum or voting with respect to Securities of such series, or

       (3) modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 513 or Section 1008, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture which affect such series cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series.

          A supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.

          It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

          SECTION 903. Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

          In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall (subject to Section 315 of the Trust Indenture Act) be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

          SECTION 904. Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

          Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

          SECTION 905. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.

68


 

          Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

          SECTION 906. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.

          Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities of such series.

ARTICLE TEN

COVENANTS

          SECTION 1001. Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest.

          The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders of each series of Securities and any related coupons that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Securities of that series in accordance with the terms of such series of Securities, any coupons appertaining thereto and this Indenture. Unless otherwise specified with respect to Securities of any series pursuant to Section 301, at the option of the Company, all payments of principal may be paid by check to the registered Holder of the Registered Security or other person entitled thereto against surrender of such Security. Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to any series of Securities, any interest installments due on Bearer Securities on or before Maturity shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the several coupons for such interest installments as are evidenced thereby as they severally mature.

          SECTION 1002. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

          If the Securities of a series are issuable only as Registered Securities, the Company will maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Securities an office or agency where Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, where Securities of that series that are exchangeable may be surrendered for exchange, as applicable and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served.

          If Securities of a series are issuable as Bearer Securities, the Company will maintain (A) in The City of New York, an office or agency where any Registered Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payment, where any Registered Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for exchange, where Securities of that series that are exchangeable may be

69


 

surrendered for exchange, as applicable, where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served and where Bearer Securities of that series and related coupons may be presented or surrendered for payment in the circumstances described in the following paragraph (and not otherwise), (B) subject to any laws or regulations applicable thereto, in a Place of Payment for that series which is located outside the United States, an office or agency where Securities of that series and related coupons may be presented and surrendered for payment; provided, however, that, if the Securities of that series are listed on any stock exchange located outside the United States and such stock exchange shall so require, the Company will maintain a Paying Agent for the Securities of that series in any required city located outside the United States so long as the Securities of that series are listed on such exchange, and (C) subject to any laws or regulations applicable thereto, in a Place of Payment for that series located outside the United States, an office or agency where any Registered Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for exchange, where Securities of that series that are exchangeable may be surrendered for exchange, as applicable, and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served.

          The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, except that Bearer Securities of any series and the related coupons may be presented and surrendered for payment or conversion at any Paying Agent for such series located outside the United States, and the Company hereby appoints the same as its agents to receive such respective presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

          Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301, no payment of principal, premium or interest on Bearer Securities shall be made at any office or agency of the Company in the United States or by check mailed to any address in the United States or by transfer to an account maintained with a bank located in the United States; provided, however, that, if the Securities of a series are payable in Dollars, payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any Bearer Security shall be made at the office of the Company’s Paying Agent in The City of New York, if (but only if) payment in Dollars of the full amount of such principal, premium or interest, as the case may be, at all offices or agencies outside the United States maintained for such purpose by the Company in accordance with this Indenture, is illegal or effectively precluded by exchange controls or other similar restrictions.

          The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities of one or more series may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes, and may from time to time rescind any such designation; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in accordance with the requirements set forth above for Securities of any series for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to a series of Securities, the Company hereby designates as a Place of Payment for each series of Securities the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of

70


 

Manhattan, The City of New York, and initially appoints the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office as Paying Agent in such city and as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

          Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301, if and so long as the Securities of any series (i) are denominated in a Currency other than Dollars or (ii) may be payable in a Currency other than Dollars, or so long as it is required under any other provision of the Indenture, then the Company will maintain with respect to each such series of Securities, or as so required, at least one Exchange Rate Agent.

          SECTION 1003. Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust.

          If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any series of Securities and any related coupons, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any of the Securities of that series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 312(b), 312(d) and 312(e)) sufficient to pay the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on Securities of such series so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

          Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities and any related coupons, it will, prior to or on each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Securities of that series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum (in the Currency described in the preceding paragraph) sufficient to pay the principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

          The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums.

          Except as provided in the Securities of any series, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Security of any series, or any coupon appertaining thereto, and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security or coupon shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof (without interest thereon), and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being

71


 

required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in an Authorized Newspaper, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

          SECTION 1004. Statement as to Compliance.

          The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a brief certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer as to his or her knowledge of the Company’s compliance with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture. For purposes of this Section 1004, such compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice under this Indenture.

          SECTION 1005. Additional Amounts.

          All payments of, or in respect of, principal of and any premium and interest on the Securities shall be made without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed or levied by or on behalf of South Africa or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, unless such taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges are required by South Africa or any such subdivision or authority to be withheld or deducted. In that event, the Company will pay such additional amounts of, or in respect of, principal and any premium and interest (“Additional Amounts”) as will result (after deduction of such taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges and any additional taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges payable in respect of such) in the payment to each Holder of a Security of the amounts which would have been payable in respect of such Security had no such withholding or deduction been required, except that no Additional Amounts shall be so payable for or on account of:

       (1) any tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charge imposed by any jurisdiction other than South Africa (including the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein);

       (2) any tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charge which would not have been imposed but for (A) the existence of any present or former connection between such Holder or a third party on behalf of such Holder by reason of its (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary member, shareholder or possessor of a power over such Holder, if such Holder is an estate, trust, partnership or corporation) having some present or former connection with South Africa (including being or having been a citizen or resident of South Africa or being or having been engaged in a trade or business or present therein or having or having had a permanent establishment therein, but not including the mere holding or ownership of a debt security), or (B) the presentation of such Security for payment more than 30 days after the date on which such payment became due or was provided for, whichever is later;

       (3) any estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer, personal property or similar tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charge;

72


 

       (4) any tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charge which is payable otherwise than by withholding or deduction from payments of (or in respect of) principal of or any premium or interest on the Securities;

       (5) any tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charge that is imposed or withheld by reason of the failure to comply by the Holder or the beneficial owner of a Security with a request of the Company addressed to the Holder (A) to provide information concerning the nationality, residence or identity of the Holder or such beneficial owner or (B) to make any declaration or other similar claim or satisfy any information or reporting requirement, which, in the case of (A) or (B), is required or imposed by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of the taxing jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from all or part of such tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

       (6) any withholding or deduction that is imposed on a payment to an individual and required to be made pursuant to any European Union Directive on the taxation of savings implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN (European Union Economic and Finance Ministers) Counsel Meeting of 26-27 November 2000 or any law implementing or complying with or introduced in order to conform to such Directive; or

       (7) any combination of items (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6).

          Additionally, Additional Amounts shall not be paid with respect to any payment in respect of any Security to any Holder who is a fiduciary or partnership or other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment to the extent such payment would be required by the laws of South Africa (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein) to be included in the income for tax purposes of a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary or a member of such partnership or a beneficial owner who would not have been entitled to such Additional Amounts had it been the Holder of such Security.

          Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on, or in respect of, any Security of any series, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided for in this Section to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the provisions of this Section and express mention of the payment of Additional Amounts in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

          The provisions of this Section 1005 shall apply mutatis mutandis to any withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future taxes, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature of any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Company is organized, or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein.

          SECTION 1006. Limitation on Liens.

          The Company will not itself, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, issue or assume any Debt secured by any Lien on any Principal Property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or upon any shares of stock of or Debt owed to any

73


 

Restricted Subsidiary (such shares of stock or Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary being called “Restricted Securities”), without in any such case effectively providing that the Securities (together with, if the Company shall so determine, any other Debt of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary then existing or thereafter created which is not subordinate to the Securities) shall be secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) such secured Debt, so long as such secured Debt shall be so secured, unless, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of all such secured Debt then outstanding plus the Attributable Debt of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of sale and leaseback transactions (as defined in Section 1007) involving Principal Properties entered into after the date of the first issuance by the Company of Securities issued pursuant to this Indenture (other than sale and leaseback transactions permitted by paragraph (b) of Section 1007) would not exceed an amount equal to           % of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section shall prevent, restrict or apply to, and there shall be excluded from secured Debt in any computation under this Section, Debt secured by:

       (a) Liens on any Principal Property or Restricted Securities of any Restricted Subsidiary or on any Principal Property of the Company existing as of the date of the first issuance by the Company of Securities issued pursuant to this Indenture;

       (b) Liens on any property or securities of any corporation existing at the time such corporation becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or arising thereafter (i) otherwise than in connection with the borrowing of money arranged thereafter and (ii) pursuant to contractual commitments entered into prior to and not in contemplation of such corporation’s becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;

       (c) Liens on any Principal Property or Restricted Securities of any Restricted Subsidiary or on any Principal Property of the Company existing at the time of acquisition thereof (including acquisition through merger or consolidation) or securing the payment of all or any part of the purchase price or construction cost thereof or securing any Debt incurred prior to, at the time of or within 12 months after, the acquisition of such Principal Property or Restricted Securities or the completion of any such construction, whichever is later, for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or construction cost thereof (provided such Liens are limited to such Principal Property or Restricted Securities, to improvements on such Principal Property and to any other property or assets not then constituting a Principal Property or Restricted Securities);

       (d) Liens on any Principal Property to secure all or any part of the cost of exploration, drilling, development, operation, construction, alteration, repair, improvement or rehabilitation, of all or any part of such Principal Property, or to secure Debt incurred prior to, at the time of or within 12 months after, the completion of such exploration, drilling, development, operation, construction, alteration, repair, improvement or rehabilitation, whichever is later, for the purpose of financing all or any part of such cost (provided such Liens are limited to such Principal Property, improvements thereon and any other property or assets not then constituting a Principal Property);

74


 

       (e) Liens which secure Debt owing by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary;

       (f) Liens on any property, shares of stock, or indebtedness existing at the time of acquisition thereof from a corporation which is consolidated with or merged into, or substantially all of the assets of which are acquired by, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

       (g) any deposit or pledge of assets (1) with any surety company or clerk of any court, or in escrow, as collateral in connection with, or in lieu of, any bond on appeal from any judgment or decree against the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or in connection with other proceedings or actions at law or in equity by or against the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or (2) as security for the performance of any contract or undertaking not directly or indirectly related to the borrowing of money or the securing of indebtedness, if made in the ordinary course of business, or (3) with any governmental agency, which deposit or pledge is required or permitted to qualify the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to conduct business, to maintain self-insurance, or to obtain the benefits of any law pertaining to workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, old age pensions, social security, or similar matters, or (4) made in the ordinary course of business to obtain the release of mechanics’, workmen’s, repairmen’s, warehousemen’s or similar liens, or the release of property in the possession of a common carrier;

       (h) Liens in favor of the United States of America or any State thereof, or any department, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision of the United States of America or any State thereof, to secure partial, progress, advance or other payments pursuant to any contract or statute or to secure any indebtedness incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or the cost of constructing or improving the property subject to such Liens and Liens given to secure indebtedness incurred in connection with the financing of construction of pollution control facilities, the interest on which indebtedness is exempt from income taxes under the Internal Revenue Code of the United States of America;

       (i) Liens existing on property acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary through the exercise of rights arising out of defaults on receivables acquired in the ordinary course of business;

       (j) judgment Liens, so long as the finality of such judgment is being contested in good faith and execution thereon is stayed;

       (k) Liens for the sole purpose of extending, renewing or replacing in whole or in part Debt secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (a) to (p), inclusive, or in this clause (k); provided, however, that the principal amount of Debt secured thereby shall not exceed the principal amount of Debt so secured at the time of such extension, renewal or replacement, and that such extension, renewal or replacement shall be limited to all or a part of the property which secured the Lien so extended, renewed or replaced (plus improvements on such property);

75


 

       (l) Liens for taxes or assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet due or delinquent, or which can thereafter be paid without penalty, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; landlord’s Liens on property held under lease; and any other Liens of a nature similar to those hereinabove described in this clause (l) which do not, in the opinion of the Company, materially impair the use of such property in the operation of the business of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or the value of such property for the purposes of such business;

       (m) any transaction characterized as a sale of receivables (retail or wholesale) but reflected as secured indebtedness on a balance sheet in conformity with International Accounting Standards then in effect;

       (n) Liens on Margin Stock owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such Margin Stock so mortgaged exceeds 25% of the fair market value of the sum of the Principal Property of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries plus the shares of stock (including Margin Stock) and indebtedness issued or incurred by the Restricted Subsidiaries;

       (o) any Lien on any Principal Property of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary or on the Restricted Securities of the Restricted Subsidiary in relation to which Project Finance Indebtedness has been incurred to secure that Project Finance Indebtedness; and

       (p) any Lien in respect of any margin or collateral delivered or otherwise provided in connection with metal transactions.

          For the purposes of this Section 1006 and Section 1007, the giving of a guarantee which is secured by a Lien on a Principal Property or Restricted Securities, and the creation of a Lien on a Principal Property or Restricted Securities to secure Debt which existed prior to the creation of such Lien, shall be deemed to involve the creation of Debt in an amount equal to the principal amount guaranteed or secured by such Lien; but the amount of Debt secured by Liens on Principal Properties and Restricted Securities shall be computed without cumulating the underlying indebtedness with any guarantee thereof or Lien securing the same.

          For purposes of this Section 1006 and Section 1007, the following shall not be deemed to be Liens securing Debt and, accordingly, nothing contained in this Section or Section 1007 shall prevent, restrict or apply to: (x) any acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any property or assets subject to any reservation or exception under the terms of which any vendor, lessor or assignor creates, reserves or excepts or has created, reserved or excepted an interest in any mineral and/or the proceeds thereof, any royalty, production payment, interest in net proceeds or profits, right to take production in kind, easement, right of way, surface use right, water right or other interest in real property, (y) any conveyance or assignment under the terms of which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary conveys or assigns to any Person or Persons an interest in any mineral and/or the proceeds thereof, any royalty, production payment, interest in net proceeds or profits, right to take production in kind, easement, right of way, surface use right, water right or other interest in real property, or (z) any Lien upon any property or assets owned or leased by the Company or any

76


 

Restricted Subsidiary or in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owns an interest to secure (i) to the Person or Persons paying the expenses of developing and/or conducting operations for the recovery, storage, transportation and/or sale of the mineral resources of the said property (or property with which it is utilized) the payment to such Person or Persons of the Company’s or the Restricted Subsidiary’s proportionate part of such development and/or operating expense, or (ii) to the other Persons who hold an interest in the property or assets the performance of the obligations of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary in connection therewith.

          SECTION 1007. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.

          The Company will not itself, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any arrangement after the date of the first issuance by the Company of Securities issued pursuant to this Indenture with any bank, insurance company or other lender or investor (other than the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) providing for the leasing by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary of any Principal Property (except a lease for a temporary period not to exceed three years by the end of which it is intended that the use of such Principal Property by the lessee will be discontinued), which was or is owned or leased by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and which has been or is to be sold or transferred more than 12 months after the acquisition thereof or after the completion of construction and commencement of full operation thereof by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such lender or investor or to any Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such lender or investor on the security of such Principal Property (herein referred to as a “sale and leaseback transaction”), unless:

       (a) the Attributable Debt of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of such sale and leaseback transaction and all other sale and leaseback transactions entered into after the date of the first issuance by the Company of Securities issued pursuant to this Indenture (other than such sale and leaseback transactions as are permitted by paragraph (b) below), plus the aggregate principal amount of Debt secured by Liens on Principal Properties and Restricted Securities then outstanding (excluding any such Debt secured by permitted Liens covered in Section 1006) without equally and ratably securing the Securities, would not exceed      % of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, or

       (b) the Company, within 12 months after the sale or transfer, applies or causes a Restricted Subsidiary to apply an amount equal to the greater of the net proceeds of such sale or transfer or fair market value of the Principal Property so sold and leased back at the time of entering into such sale and leaseback transaction (in either case as determined by any two directors, or any director and secretary, of the Company) to the retirement of Securities of any series or other Debt of the Company (other than Debt subordinated to the Securities) or Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary, having a stated maturity more than 12 months from the date of such application or which is extendible at the option of the obligor thereon to a date more than 12 months from the date of such application (and, unless otherwise expressly provided with respect to any one or more series of Securities, any redemption of Securities pursuant to this provision shall not be deemed to constitute a refunding operation or anticipated refunding operation for the

77


 

  purposes of any provision limiting the Company’s right to redeem Securities of any one or more such series when such redemption involves a refunding operation or anticipated refunding operation); provided that the amount to be so applied shall be reduced by (i) the principal amount of Securities delivered within 12 months after such sale or transfer to the Trustee for retirement and cancellation, and (ii) the principal amount of any such Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, other than Securities, voluntarily retired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary within 12 months after such sale or transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no retirement referred to in this paragraph (b) may be effected by payment at maturity or pursuant to any mandatory sinking fund payment or any mandatory prepayment provision, or

       (c) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled, pursuant to Section 1006, to incur Debt secured by a Lien on the Principal Property to be leased without equally and ratably securing the Securities, or

       (d) the Company shall, at or prior to the time of entering into the sale and leaseback transaction, enter into a bona fide commitment or commitments to expend for the acquisition or improvement of a Principal Property an amount at least equal to the fair value (as so determined) of the property sold and leased back.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, where the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is the lessee in any sale and leaseback transaction, Attributable Debt shall not include any Debt resulting from the guarantee by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the lessee’s obligation thereunder.

          SECTION 1008. Waiver of Certain Covenants.

          The Company may, with respect to any series of Securities, omit in any particular instance to comply with any term, provision or condition which affects such series set forth in Sections 1006 and 1007 or, as specified pursuant to Section 301(15) for Securities of such series, in any covenants of the Company added to Article Ten pursuant to Section 301(14) or Section 301(15) in connection with Securities of such series, if before or after the time for such compliance the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of all Outstanding Securities of such series, by Act of such Holders, waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such term, provision or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such term, provision or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee to Holders of Securities of such series in respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

          SECTION 1009. Calculation of Original Issue Discount.

          The Company shall provide to the Trustee on a timely basis such information in the Company’s possession as the Trustee reasonably requires to enable the Trustee to prepare and file any form required to be submitted by the Company to the Internal Revenue Service and to the Holders of any series of Securities relating to original issue discount, including, without limitation, Form 1099-OID or any successor form.

78


 

ARTICLE ELEVEN

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

          SECTION 1101. Applicability of Article.

          Securities of any series which are redeemable before their Stated Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with the terms of such Securities and (except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of any series) in accordance with this Article.

          SECTION 1102. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.

          The election of the Company to redeem any Securities shall be evidenced by or pursuant to a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of less than all of the Securities of a series, the Company shall, at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Securities of such series to be redeemed. In the case of any redemption of Securities prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction.

          SECTION 1103. Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed.

          If less than all the Securities of any series issued on the same day with the same terms are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such series issued on the same day with the same terms not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions of the principal of Securities of such series; provided, however, that no such partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Security not redeemed to less than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of such series established pursuant to Section 301.

          The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company and the Security Registrar (if other than itself) in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

          For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Security which has been or is to be redeemed.

          SECTION 1104. Notice of Redemption.

          Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided for in Section 106 not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, but

79


 

failure to give such notice in the manner herein provided to the Holder of any Security designated for redemption as a whole or in part, or any defect in the notice to any such Holder, shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other such Security or portion thereof.

          All notices of redemption shall state:

       (1) the Redemption Date,

       (2) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 1106, if any,

       (3) if less than all the Outstanding Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the principal amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed,

       (4) in case any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Security shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Security, the Holder will receive, without charge, a new Security or Securities of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,

       (5) that on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 1106 will become due and payable upon each such Security, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed and, if applicable, that interest thereon will cease to accrue on and after said date,

       (6) the Place or Places of Payment where such Securities, together in the case of Bearer Securities with all coupons appertaining thereto, if any, maturing after the Redemption Date, are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any,

       (7) that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case,

       (8) that, unless otherwise specified in such notice, Bearer Securities of any series, if any, surrendered for redemption must be accompanied by all coupons maturing subsequent to the Redemption Date or the amount of any such missing coupon or coupons will be deducted from the Redemption Price unless security or indemnity satisfactory to the Company, the Trustee and any Paying Agent is furnished,

       (9) if Bearer Securities of any series are to be redeemed and any Registered Securities of such series are not to be redeemed, and if such Bearer Securities may be exchanged for Registered Securities not subject to redemption on such Redemption Date pursuant to Section 305 or otherwise, the last date, as determined by the Company, on which such exchanges may be made, and

80


 

       (10) The CUSIP number, if any.

          Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.

          SECTION 1105. Deposit of Redemption Price.

          On or prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of money in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 312(b), 312(d) and 312(e)) sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and accrued interest, if any, on, all the Securities which are to be redeemed on that date.

          SECTION 1106. Securities Payable on Redemption Date.

          Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 312(b), 312(d) and 312(e)) (together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date), and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any) such Securities shall, if the same were interest-bearing, cease to bear interest and the coupons for such interest appertaining to any Bearer Securities so to be redeemed, except to the extent provided below, shall be void. Upon surrender of any such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice, together with all coupons, if any, appertaining thereto maturing after the Redemption Date, such Security shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that installments of interest on Bearer Securities whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United States (except as otherwise provided in Section 1002) and, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, only upon presentation and surrender of coupons for such interest; and provided further that installments of interest on Registered Securities whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307.

          If any Bearer Security surrendered for redemption shall not be accompanied by all appurtenant coupons maturing after the Redemption Date, such Security may be paid after deducting from the Redemption Price an amount equal to the face amount of all such missing coupons, or the surrender of such missing coupon or coupons may be waived by the Company and the Trustee if there be furnished to them such security or indemnity as they may require to save each of them and any Paying Agent harmless. If thereafter the Holder of such Security shall surrender to the Trustee or any Paying Agent any such missing coupon in respect of which a

81


 

deduction shall have been made from the Redemption Price, such Holder shall be entitled to receive the amount so deducted;
provided, however, that interest represented by coupons shall be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United States (except as otherwise provided in Section 1002) and, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, only upon presentation and surrender of those coupons.

          If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate of interest set forth in such Security or Yield to Maturity (in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities).

          SECTION 1107. Securities Redeemed in Part.

          Any Security which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article or of Article Twelve) shall be surrendered at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without service charge, a new Security or Securities of the same series, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered. However, if less than all the Securities of any series with differing issue dates, interest rates and stated maturities are to be redeemed, the Company in its sole discretion shall select the particular Securities to be redeemed and shall notify the Trustee in writing thereof at least 45 days prior to the relevant redemption date.

          SECTION 1108. Optional Redemption Due to Changes in Tax Treatment.

          Each series of Securities may be redeemed at the option of the Company (or its successor) in whole but not in part at any time (except in the case of Securities that have a variable rate of interest, which may be redeemed on any Interest Payment Date) at a Redemption Price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date fixed for redemption (except in the case of Outstanding Original Issue Discount Securities which may be redeemed at the Redemption Price specified by the terms of such series of Securities) if (i) the Company is or would be required to pay Additional Amounts as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder of South Africa (or in the case of a successor Person to the Company, of the jurisdiction in which such successor Person is organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein) or any change in the official application or interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings, or any change in the official application or interpretation of, or any execution of or amendment to, any treaty or treaties affecting taxation to which South Africa (or such other jurisdiction or political subdivision or taxing authority) is a party, which change, execution or amendment becomes effective on or after the date of issuance of such series pursuant to Section 301(or in the case of a successor Person to the Company, the date on which such successor Person became such) or (ii) as a result of any change in the official application or interpretation of, or any execution of or amendment to, any treaty or treaties affecting taxation to which South Africa (or, in the case of a successor Person to the Company, to which the jurisdiction in which such successor Person is

82


 

organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein) is a party, which change, execution or amendment becomes effective on or after a date on which an affiliate of the Company (an “Intercompany Debtor”) borrows money from the Company, the Intercompany Debtor is or would be required to deduct or withhold tax on any payment to the Company to enable the Company to make any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, and the payment of such Additional Amounts, in the case of clause (i), or such deductions or withholding, in the case of clause (ii), cannot be avoided by the use of any reasonable measures available to the Company or the Intercompany Debtor. Prior to the giving of notice of redemption of such Securities pursuant to this Indenture, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate, stating that the Company is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth in reasonable detail a statement of circumstances showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Company to redeem such Securities pursuant to this Section have been satisfied.

ARTICLE TWELVE

SINKING FUNDS

          SECTION 1201. Applicability of Article.

          Retirements of Securities of any series pursuant to any sinking fund shall be made in accordance with the terms of such Securities and (except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of any series) in accordance with this Article.

          The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment”, and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as an “optional sinking fund payment”. If provided for by the terms of Securities of any series, the cash amount of any mandatory sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 1202. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of Securities of such series.

          SECTION 1202. Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities.

          Subject to Section 1203, in lieu of making all or any part of any mandatory sinking fund payment with respect to any Securities of a series in cash, the Company may at its option (1) deliver to the Trustee Outstanding Securities of a series (other than any previously called for redemption) theretofore purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company together in the case of any Bearer Securities of such series with all unmatured coupons appertaining thereto, and/or (2) receive credit for Securities of such series which have been previously delivered to the Trustee by the Company or for Securities of such series which have been redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities, in each case in satisfaction of all or any part of any mandatory sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of the same series required to be made pursuant to the terms of such Securities as provided for by the terms of such series; provided, however, that such Securities have not been

83


 

previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the Redemption Price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such mandatory sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.

          SECTION 1203. Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund.

          Not less than 60 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for Securities of any series, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the terms of that series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 312(b), 312(d) and 312(e)) and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of that series pursuant to Section 1202, and the optional amount, if any, to be added in cash to the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment, and will also deliver to the Trustee any Securities to be so delivered and credited. If such Officers’ Certificate shall specify an optional amount to be added in cash to the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment , the Company shall thereupon be obligated to pay the amount therein specified.

          Not less than 30 days before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 1103 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 1104. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 1106 and 1107.

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

REPAYMENT AT OPTION OF HOLDERS

          SECTION 1301. Applicability of Article.

          Repayment of Securities of any series before their Stated Maturity at the option of Holders thereof shall be made in accordance with the terms of such Securities and (except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of any series) in accordance with this Article.

          SECTION 1302. Repayment of Securities.

          Securities of any series subject to repayment in whole or in part at the option of the Holders thereof will, unless otherwise provided in the terms of such Securities, be repaid at a price equal to the principal amount thereof, together with interest, if any, thereon accrued to the Repayment Date specified in or pursuant to the terms of such Securities. The Company covenants that on or before the Repayment Date it will deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as

84


 

provided in Section 1003) an amount of money in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 312(b), 312(d) and 312(e)) sufficient to pay the principal (or, if so provided by the terms of the Securities of any series, a percentage of the principal) of and (except if the Repayment Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) accrued interest, if any, on, all the Securities or portions thereof, as the case may be, to be repaid on such date.

          SECTION 1303. Exercise of Option.

          Securities of any series subject to repayment at the option of the Holders thereof will contain an “Option to Elect Repayment” form on the reverse of such Securities. To be repaid at the option of the Holder, any Security so providing for such repayment, with the “Option to Elect Repayment” form on the reverse of such Security duly completed by the Holder (or by the Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), must be received by the Company at the Place of Payment therefor specified in the terms of such Security (or at such other place or places or which the Company shall from time to time notify the Holders of such Securities) not earlier than 45 days nor later than 30 days prior to the Repayment Date. If less than the entire principal amount of such Security is to be repaid in accordance with the terms of such Security, the principal amount of such Security to be repaid, in increments of the minimum denomination for Securities of such series, and the denomination or denominations of the Security or Securities to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the principal amount of such Security surrendered that is not to be repaid, must be specified. The principal amount of any Security providing for repayment at the option of the Holder thereof may not be repaid in part if, following such repayment, the unpaid principal amount of such Security would be less than the minimum authorized denomination of Securities of the series of which such Security to be repaid is a part. Except as otherwise may be provided by the terms of any Security providing for repayment at the option of the Holder thereof, exercise of the repayment option by the Holder shall be irrevocable unless waived by the Company.

          SECTION 1304. When Securities Presented for Repayment Become Due and Payable.

          If Securities of any series providing for repayment at the option of the Holders thereof shall have been surrendered as provided in this Article and as provided by or pursuant to the terms of such Securities, such Securities or the portions thereof, as the case may be, to be repaid shall become due and payable and shall be paid by the Company on the Repayment Date therein specified, and on and after such Repayment Date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Securities on such Repayment Date) such Securities shall, if the same were interest-bearing, cease to bear interest and the coupons for such interest appertaining to any Bearer Securities so to be repaid, except to the extent provided below, shall be void. Upon surrender of any such Security for repayment in accordance with such provisions, together with all coupons, if any, appertaining thereto maturing after the Repayment Date, the principal amount of such Security so to be repaid shall be paid by the Company, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Repayment Date;provided, however, that coupons whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Repayment Date shall be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United States (except as otherwise provided in Section 1002) and, unless otherwise specified

85


 

pursuant to Section 301, only upon presentation and surrender of such coupons; and provided further that, in the case of Registered Securities, installments of interest, if any, whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Repayment Date shall be payable (but without interest thereon, unless the Company shall default in the payment thereof) to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307.

          If any Bearer Security surrendered for repayment shall not be accompanied by all appurtenant coupons maturing after the Repayment Date, such Security may be paid after deducting from the amount payable therefor as provided in Section 1302 an amount equal to the face amount of all such missing coupons, or the surrender of such missing coupon or coupons may be waived by the Company and the Trustee if there be furnished to them such security or indemnity as they may require to save each of them and any Paying Agent harmless. If thereafter the Holder of such Security shall surrender to the Trustee or any Paying Agent any such missing coupon in respect of which a deduction shall have been made as provided in the preceding sentence, such Holder shall be entitled to receive the amount so deducted; provided, however, that interest represented by coupons shall be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United States (except as otherwise provided in Section 1002) and, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, only upon presentation and surrender of those coupons.

          If the principal amount of any Security surrendered for repayment shall not be so repaid upon surrender thereof, such principal amount (together with interest, if any, thereon accrued to such Repayment Date) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Repayment Date at the rate of interest set forth in such Security or Yield to Maturity (in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities).

          SECTION 1305. Securities Repaid in Part.

          Upon surrender of any Registered Security which is to be repaid in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security, without service charge and at the expense of the Company, a new Registered Security or Securities of the same series, of any authorized denomination specified by the Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the portion of the principal of such Security so surrendered which is not to be repaid.

ARTICLE FOURTEEN

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

          SECTION 1401. Applicability of Article; Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

          If pursuant to Section 301 provision is made for either or both of (a) defeasance of the Securities of or within a series under Section 1402 or (b) covenant defeasance of the Securities of or within a series under Section 1403, then the provisions of such Section or Sections, as the case may be, together with the other provisions of this Article (with such

86


 

modifications thereto as may be specified pursuant to Section 301 with respect to any Securities), shall be applicable to such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto, and the Company may at its option by Board Resolution, at any time, with respect to such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto, elect to have Section 1402 (if applicable) or Section 1403 (if applicable) be applied to such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article.

          SECTION 1402. Defeasance and Discharge.

          Upon the Company’s exercise of the above option applicable to this Section with respect to any Securities of or within a series, the Company shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto on the date the conditions set forth in Section 1404 are satisfied (hereinafter, “defeasance”). For this purpose, such defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto which shall thereafter be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 1405 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (A) and (B) of this Section, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto and this Indenture insofar as such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (A) the rights of Holders of such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 1405 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto when such payments are due, (B) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 305, 306, 1002 and 1003 and with respect to the payment of Additional Amounts, to the extent then unknown, on such Securities as contemplated by Section 1005, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and (D) this Article Fourteen. Subject to compliance with this Article Fourteen, the Company may exercise its option under this Section notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 1403 with respect to such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto.

          SECTION 1403. Covenant Defeasance.

          Upon the Company’s exercise of the above option applicable to this Section with respect to any Securities of or within a series, the Company shall be released from its obligations under Sections 1006 and 1007, and, if specified pursuant to Section 301, its obligations under any other covenant, with respect to such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 1404 are satisfied (hereinafter, “covenant defeasance”), and such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto shall thereafter be deemed to be not “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with Sections 1006 and 1007, or such other covenant, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such covenant defeasance means that, with respect to such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set

87


 

forth in any such Section or such other covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or such other covenant or by reason of reference in any such Section or such other covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 501(4) or 501(7) or otherwise, as the case may be, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto shall be unaffected thereby.

          SECTION 1404. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

          The following shall be the conditions to application of Section 1402 or Section 1403 to any Outstanding Securities of or within a series and any coupons appertaining thereto:

       (a) The Company shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 607 who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Article Fourteen applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto, (1) an amount (in such Currency in which such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto are then specified as payable at Stated Maturity), or (2) Government Obligations applicable to such Securities and coupons appertaining thereto (determined on the basis of the Currency in which such Securities and coupons appertaining thereto are then specified as payable at Stated Maturity) which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto, money in an amount, or (3) a combination thereof in an amount, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, (i) the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, and any Additional Amounts then known on such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto on the Stated Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or interest and (ii) any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments applicable to such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto. Before such a deposit, the Company may give to the Trustee, in accordance with Section 1102 hereof, a notice of its election to redeem all or any portion of such Outstanding Securities at a future date in accordance with the terms of the Securities of such series and Article Eleven hereof, which notice shall be irrevocable. Such irrevocable redemption notice, if given, shall be given effect in applying the foregoing.

       (b) Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

88


 

       (c) No Default or Event of Default with respect to such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or, insofar as Sections 501(5) and 501(6) are concerned, at any time during the period ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such period).

       (d) In the case of an election under Section 1402, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (1) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (2) since the date of execution of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable United States federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred.

       (e) In the case of an election under Section 1403, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee Opinions of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred.

       (f) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance under Section 1402 or the covenant defeasance under Section 1403 (as the case may be) have been complied with.

       (g) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall be effected in compliance with any additional or substitute terms, conditions or limitations which may be imposed on the Company in connection therewith pursuant to Section 301.

          SECTION 1405. Deposited Money and Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

          Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all money and Government Obligations (or other property as may be provided pursuant to Section 301) (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 1405, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 1404 in respect of any Outstanding Securities of any series and any coupons appertaining thereto shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto of all sums

89


 

due and to become due thereon in respect of principal (and premium, if any) and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

          Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Security pursuant to Section 301, if, after a deposit referred to in Section 1404(a) has been made, (a) the Holder of a Security in respect of which such deposit was made is entitled to, and does, elect pursuant to Section 312(b) or the terms of such Security to receive payment in a Currency other than that in which the deposit pursuant to Section 1404(a) has been made in respect of such Security, or (b) a Conversion Event occurs as contemplated in Section 312(d) or 312(e) or by the terms of any Security in respect of which the deposit pursuant to Section 1404(a) has been made, the indebtedness represented by such Security and any coupons appertaining thereto shall be deemed to have been, and will be, fully discharged and satisfied through the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on such Security as the same becomes due out of the proceeds yielded by converting (from time to time as specified below in the case of any such election) the amount or other property deposited in respect of such Security into the Currency in which such Security becomes payable as a result of such election or Conversion Event based on the applicable Market Exchange Rate for such Currency in effect on the second Business Day prior to each payment date, except, with respect to a Conversion Event, for such Currency in effect (as nearly as feasible) at the time of the Conversion Event.

          The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 1404 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto.

          Anything in this Article to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the Company Request any money or Government Obligations (or other property and any proceeds therefrom) held by it as provided in Section 1404 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect a defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, in accordance with this Article.

ARTICLE FIFTEEN

MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

          SECTION 1501. Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called.

          If Securities of a series are issuable as Bearer Securities, a meeting of Holders of Securities of such series may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to this Article to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders of Securities of such series.

90


 

          SECTION 1502. Call, Notice and Place of Meetings.

          (a)  The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders of Securities of any series for any purpose specified in Section 1501, to be held at such time and at such place in The City of New York or in London as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of Holders of Securities of any series, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be given, in the manner provided for in Section 106, not less than 21 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

          (b)  In case at any time the Company, pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of the Holders of Securities of such series for any purpose specified in Section 1501, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have made the first publication of the notice of such meeting within 21 days after receipt of such request or shall not thereafter proceed to cause the meeting to be held as provided herein, then the Company or the Holders of Securities of such series in the amount above specified, as the case may be, may determine the time and the place in The City of New York or in London for such meeting and may call such meeting for such purposes by giving notice thereof as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.

          SECTION 1503. Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings.

          To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series, a Person shall be (1) a Holder of one or more Outstanding Securities of such series, or (2) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy for a Holder or Holders of one or more Outstanding Securities of such series by such Holder or Holders. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be the Person entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel, any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

          SECTION 1504. Quorum; Action.

          The Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Holders of Securities of such series; provided, however, that, if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent or waiver which this Indenture expressly provides may be given by the Holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series, the Persons entitled to vote such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Holders of Securities of such series, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in

91


 

Section 1502(a), except that such notice need be given only once not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series which shall constitute a quorum.

          Subject to the foregoing, at the reconvening of any meeting adjourned for lack of a quorum the Persons entitled to vote 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities at the time shall constitute a quorum for the taking of any action set forth in the notice of the original meeting.

          Except as limited by the proviso to Section 902, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series; provided, however, that, except as limited by the proviso to Section 902, any resolution with respect to any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action which this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage, which is less than a majority, in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid by the affirmative vote of the Holders of such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series.

          Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Holders of Securities of such series and the related coupons, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1504, if any action is to be taken at a meeting of Holders of Securities of any series with respect to any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action that this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage in principal amount of all Outstanding Securities affected thereby, or of the Holders of such series and one or more additional series:

       (i) there shall be no minimum quorum requirement for such meeting; and

       (ii) the principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series that vote in favor of such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be taken into account in determining whether such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action has been made, given or taken under this Indenture.

          SECTION 1505. Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings.

          (a)  Notwithstanding any provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders of Securities of a series in regard to proof of the holding of Securities of such series and of the appointment of

92


 

proxies and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem appropriate. Except as otherwise permitted or required by any such regulations, the holding of Securities shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 104 and the appointment of any proxy shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 104 or by having the signature of the Person executing the proxy witnessed or guaranteed by any trust company, bank or banker authorized by Section 104 to certify to the holding of Bearer Securities. Such regulations may provide that written instruments appointing proxies, regular on their face, may be presumed valid and genuine without the proof specified in Section 104 or other proof.

          (b)  The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Holders of Securities as provided in Section 1502(b), in which case the Company or the Holders of Securities of the series calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series represented at the meeting.

          (c)  At any meeting each Holder of a Security of such series or proxy shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series held or represented by him; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Security challenged as not Outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not Outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote, except as a Holder of a Security of such series or proxy.

          (d)  Any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series duly called pursuant to Section 1502 at which a quorum is present may be adjourned from time to time by Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series represented at the meeting, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

          SECTION 1506. Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings.

          The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders of Securities of such series or of their representatives by proxy and the principal amounts and serial numbers of the Outstanding Securities of such series held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record, at least in duplicate, of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the fact setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was given as provided in Section 1502 and, if applicable, Section 1504. Each copy shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one such copy shall be delivered to the Company, and

93


 

another to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

          This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Indenture.

94


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the day and year first above written.

         
    ANGLOGOLD LIMITED
         
    By:    
       
        Name:
        Title: